Skip to main content

Full text of "Canadian wonder tales"

See other formats


. 


.. 

; 


it,  ma 


S  MACM1LLA 

*»..-'  JL         .a.  Ji        .*.  ^*,**i>  &         *.    Js-  st 


CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 


THE   GREAT  COURT-TENT  WAS  FILLED  WITH   GLOOSKAP  S   PEOPLE   FOR  THE   SUN'S  TRIAL. 


CANADIAN 

WONDER    TALES 

BY   CYRUS    MACMILLAN 

WITH      ILLUSTRATIONS      IN 
COLOUR  BY  GEORGE  SHERINGHAM 

AND  A  FOREWORD  BY  SIR  WILLIAM  PETERSON,  K.C.M.G. 


LONDON:  JOHN  LANE,  THE  BODLEY  HEAD 
NEW  YORK:  JOHN  LANE  COMPANY 
TORONTO:  S.  B.  GUNDY.  MCMXVIII 


WILLIAM   BKBNUON   AND   SON,    LTD.,    PRINTERS,    PLYMOUTH,    ENGLAND 


TO 
MY   MOTHER 

WHO   FIRST   TAUGHT   ME   TO   SEE 

THE   FAIRY   WORLD 

AND   TO    HEAR   THE    HORNS 

OF   ELF-LAND    BLOWING. 


FOREWORD 


f"       ""^HIS    is    the    book    of   a    soldier-student.     Captain 

Macmillan     interrupted     his     teaching     work     in 

Montreal  to  go  overseas  with  one  of  our  McGill 

Batteries,  and  from  "Somewhere  in  France"  he  has  asked 

me  to  stand  sponsor  for  his  volume. 

The  author's  method  resembles  that  followed  by  the 
brothers  Grimm  a  century  ago.  He  has  taken  down  from 
the  lips  of  living  people,  pretty  much  as  they  were  given  to 
him,  a  series  of  stories  which  obviously  contain  many 
elements  that  have  been  handed  down  by  oral  tradition 
from  some  far-off  past.  They  are  mostly  animal  stories, 
with  all  the  usual  features  of  magic  and  transformation, 
articulate  speech  on  the  part  of  the  animals,  and  interchange 
of  more  or  less  kindly  offices  between  man  and  beast. 

The  result  is  a  collection  of  fables  which — especially  as 
illustrated  by  an  eminent  artist — will  prove  a  very  acceptable 
Christmas  book  for  children,  and  will  give  their  elders  also 
some  food  for  reflection.  Not  that  there  is,  so  far  as  I 
have  been  able  to  discover,  any  moral  about  some  at  least 


Vll 


viii  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

of  the  tales.  They  are  not  "stories  with  a  purpose."  But 
they  suggest  to  the  adult  reader  the  essential  identity  of 
many  of  the  methods  by  which  in  a  more  or  less  remote 
antiquity  the  human  race  expressed  itself  in  various  parts 
of  the  world. 

That  has  now  become  a  matter  of  scientific  study.  The 
floating  material  of  popular  tradition  at  different  times 
and  in  different  places  has  been  spread  out,  as  it  were,  on  a 
dissecting-table  by  our  Folk-lore  Societies,  and  the  thoughts 
and  beliefs,  customs  and  superstitions  therein  preserved 
have  been  studied  from  the  comparative  point  of  view  for  the 
light  they  throw  on  the  primitive  development  of  the  human 
mind.  Those  of  us  who  read  the  Journal  of  American 
Folk-lore,  or  the  papers  on  Indian  mythology  recently  con 
tributed  by  C.  M.  Barbeau  to  the  anthropological  series 
issued  by  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  have  many 
sources  at  hand  with  which  Mr.  Macmillan's  folk-tales  may 
be  profitably  compared.  Some  of  the  stories — those,  for 
instance,  that  refer  to  Shrove  Tuesday  on  the  one  hand, 
and  packed  sardines  on  the  other — are  obviously  of  no  earlier 
date  than  "the  days  when  Canada  was  owned  by  the  French." 
But  many  of  them  go  back  to  "long  before  the  white  men 
came  to  Canada."  That  these  are  folk-tales  of  the  universal 
type  is  evidenced  by  the  primitive  traditions  which  they 


FOREWORD  ix 

embody.  In  all  such  stories  striking  resemblances  occur, 
whether  they  are  the  records  of  Algonquins  or  Zulus,  Hotten 
tots  or  Australian  Bushmen.  To  say  nothing  of  charms  and 
incantations,  magic  coats  and  magic  wands,  ogres  and  giants, 
mermen  and  mermaidens,  supernatural  creatures  and  speak 
ing  beasts,  evil  spirits  in  disguise,  there  are  the  standing- 
dishes  of  all  such  folk-tales — the  strong  man  and  his 
adventures,  the  bride  carried  off  by  the  youthful  hero  and 
pursued  by  her  father,  the  promise  that  the  bride  shall  be 
given  to  anyone  who  shall  accomplish  some  difficult  task, 
with  death  as  the  penalty  of  failure.  These  and  such-like 
features  are  all  examples  of  primitive  methods  of  self- 
expression,  and  represent,  in  the  case  before  us,  the  Indian's 
elemental  ideas  of  the  universe  around  him  and  his  relation 
to  it. 

Thus  Mr.  Macmillan's  "Wonder  Tales,"  while  serving 
for  the  pleasure  and  delight  of  children,  have  their  points  of 
contact  with  what  we  must  take  to  be  the  background 
of  prehistoric  culture  on  the  continent  of  America.  But  the 
children  will  read  and  enjoy  them  for  their  own  sake,  and 
unhampered  by  any  such  applications  of  the  comparative 
method.  They  will  learn  in  this  book  the  answers  to  such 
conundrums  as  the  following — Why  Frog  croaks,  Why  Bear 
eats  fish,  Why  Bunny  has  a  short  tail  and  long  hind-legs 


x  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

and  a  split  upper-lip,  Why  Partridge  makes  a  drumming 
noise,  Why  Mosquitoes  sting,  Why  Aspen  leaves  tremble, 
What  Woodpecker  and  Bluejay  were  before  they  were 
changed  into  birds,  Why  the  Moon  usually  travels  alone  in 
the  forest.  And,  if  they  find  anything  unsatisfactory  about 
the  answers  herein  recorded,  they  will  have  the  opportunity 
of  exercising  their  imaginations  to  better  purpose  than  was 
done  by  those  who  gave  these  answers  in  the  days  when 

the  world  was  young! 

W.  PETERSON 

October,  1917. 


PREFACE 


r  iHE  tales  in  this  collection  have  been  gathered  in 

various  parts  of  Canada.  They  have  been  selected 
•^  from  a  larger  collection  of  folk-tales  and  folk-songs 
made  by  the  writer  for  more  academic  and  scientific  purposes. 
They  are  not  the  product  of  the  writer's  imagination  ;  they 
are  the  common  possession  of  the  "  folk."  Many  of  them 
are  still  reverently  believed  by  the  Canadian  Indians,  and  all 
are  still  told  with  seriousness  around  camp  fires  in  forests 
and  on  plains,  upon  the  sea  and  by  cottage  hearths.  The 
dress  in  which  they  now  appear  may  be  new,  but  the  skeleton 
of  each  story  has  been  left  unchanged. 

Canada  is  a  country  with  a  romantic  past.  The  atmosphere 
in  which  our  ancestors  lived  in  the  early  days  of  exploration 
and  colonization,  if  not  one  of  enchantment,  was  at  least  one 
of  mystery.  The  traditions  and  tales  of  our  country's  past 
are  rapidly  disappearing  in  its  practical  present,  and  the 
poetry  of  its  former  times  is  rarely  heard  above  the  hum 
of  its  modern  life.  Its  "old  unhappy  far-off  things  and 
battles  long  ago"  are  fading  memories,  for  comparatively 


XI 


xii  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

little  has  been  done  to  save  its  old  tales  from  oblivion.  That 
the  children  of  the  land  may  know  something  of  the  tradi 
tions  of  the  mysterious  past  in  which  their  forefathers  dwelt 
and  laboured  is  the  writer's  only  excuse  for  the  publication  of 
this  volume. 

The  writer's  deepest  thanks  are  here  expressed  to  the 
nameless  Indians  and  "habitants,"  the  fishermen  and  sailors, 
"the  spinners  and  the  knitters  in  the  sun,"  from  whose  lips 
he  heard  these  stories. 

It  is  perhaps  but  fair  to  explain  that  the  proofs  were 
corrected  by  the  writer  in  the  intervals  between  other  duties 
on  Vimy  Ridge,  France,  and  that  to  this  fact  and  the  conse 
quent  haste  any  minor  errors  may  in  part  at  least  be 
attributed. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

FOREWORD              .....  vii 

PREFACE                 .  xi 

THE  BAKER'S  MAGIC  WAND               .               .  3 

STAR-BOY  AND  THE  SUN  DANCE       ....  12 

JACK  AND  His  MAGIC  AIDS               .              .  20 

THE  BAD  INDIAN'S  ASHES    .               .               .  28 

THE  MERMAID  OF  THE  MAGDALENES               .  .32 

THE  BOY  AND  THE  DANCING  FAIRY                .  .                          38 

THE  MOUSE  AND  THE  SUN                .              .  46 

GLOOSKAP'S  COUNTRY           .               .  52 

How  RABBIT  LOST  His  TAIL             .  .                          60 

THE  PARTRIDGE  AND  His  DRUM       .  66 

How  SUMMER  CAME  TO  CANADA                     .  74 

How  TURTLE  CAME             .              .  82 

THE  FIRST  MOSQUITO           .  88 

THE  MOON  AND  His  FROG-WIFE       .  .                         96 

GLOOSKAP  AND  THE  FAIRY                 .  .      101 

THE  PASSING  OF  GLOOSKAP  .      104 

THE  INDIAN  CINDERELLA    .  .                  .116 

THE  BOY  AND  His  THREE  HELPERS  .      120 

THE  DUCK  WITH  RED  FEET  •      I24 

THE  NORTHERN  LIGHTS      .  .129 

THE  BOY  AND  THE  ROBBERS'  MAGICAL  BOOTY  .      138 

xiii 


xiv  CANADIAN   WONDER   TALES 


PAGE 


THE  COMING  OF  THE  CORN                              .  .147 

THE  DANCE  OF  DEATH        .              .               .  .                         151 

THE  FIRST  PIG  AND  PORCUPINE        .              .  .                        155 

THE  SHROVE  TUESDAY  VISITOR         .              .  ...      162 

THE  BOY  OF  GREAT  STRENGTH  AND  THE  GIANTS  .                         168 

THE  STRANGE  TALE  OF  CARIBOU  AND  MOOSE  .           .        .172 

JACK  AND  His  WONDERFUL  HEN      ,              .  ...      179 

THE  SAD  TALE  OF  WOODPECKER  AND  BLUEJAY  .           .       .184 

THE  STUPID  BOY  AND  THE  WAND    .               .  188 

THE  BLACKFOOT  AND  THE  BEAR       .              .  .                         193 

THE  BOYS  AND  THE  GIANT                .              .  ...      198 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

THE  BLACKFOOT  AND  THE  BEAR Half-title 

"  THE    GREAT  COURT-TENT  WAS   FILLED   WITH    GLOOSKAP'S    PEOPLE    FOR    THE 

SUN'S  TRIAL  "   ..........   Frontispiece 

TO    PACK   PAGE 

"On,  MY  SEIGNEUR,  YOU  COMMANDED  A  '  TIENS-BON-LA  '  AND  I   HAVE 

BROUGHT  YOU  ONE,  THE  BEST  THAT  WAS  EVER  MADE  "  IO 

"  THE  GIRL  LOOKED  THROUGH  THE  HOLE,  AND  SAW  THE  EARTH  FAR  BENEATH  "  14 

"  WHERE  ARE  YOU  GOING  WITH  THE  cow  ?  " 20 

THE  BAD  INDIAN 28 

"  SO  THEY  DREW  LOTS  TO  SEE  WHO  SHOULD  SEEK  HIM  IN  THE  FOREST  "       .  30 

"  A  MEETING  OF  ALL  THE  FISH  IN  THE  SEA  WAS  CALLED  "         ...  32 

"  THAT  NIGHT  WHEN  ALL  THE  VILLAGE  WAS  ASLEEP,  THE  BOY  WENT  TO  THE 

FOOT  OF  THE  MOUNTAIN  " 40 

"  THE  SNOW  LAY  DEEP  ON  THE  PLAINS,  AND  MANY  SNOW-BIRDS  WERE  FLYING 

AROUND  LOOKING  FOR  FOOD  " 46 

"  I   SHOULD  LIKE  TO  SEE  MY   MOTHER'S  PEOPLE  IF  THEY  ARE  ANYWHERE  ON 

THE   EARTH  " 48 

"  THE    GREAT  EAGLE  MADE  THE  WINDS  FOR   HIM  " 56 

"  THE   PEOPLE   WERE  ALL  GATHERED   FOR  THE    WEDDING  "               ...  62 

"  HE   SAW  FOUR  BEAUTIFUL   MAIDENS   SITTING  ON  THE   ICE   BRAIDING  THEIR 

HAIR  " '         .  68 

"  HER  NAME  is  SUMMER  " 78 

"  GLOOSKAP  GATHERED  HIS  PEOPLE  ON  THE  SHORE  AND  BADE  THE  WHALES 

CARRY  THEM  TO  THEIR  OLD  HOME  " 94 

"  THE  LITTLE  MAN  WEATHERS  THE  STORM  IN  GLOOSKAP'S  HEAVY  CANOE  "  .  102 
"  GLOOSKAP  WALKED  ALONE  BY  THE  OCEAN  "    .        .        .        .N                .104 

XV 


xvi  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

TO   FACE   PACE 

"  I  AM  TIRED  OF  THE  LONELY  LIFE  ;  I  HAVE  COME  FOR  YOUR  DAUGHTER  "  .  IIO 
"  SHE  WAS  VERY  BEAUTIFUL  AND  GENTLE  "       .        ..        .        .         .Il8 

"  THE  CHIEF  HAD  A  BEAUTIFUL  DAUGHTER  " 122 

"  A  VERY  BEAUTIFUL  GIRL  SITTING  ON  THE  BANK  OF  THE  STREAM  "    .         .  124 

"  SHE  CLIMBED  INTO  A  TREE  THAT  STRETCHED  OUT  OVER  THE  WATER  "       .  136 

"  MANY  WOMEN  SAT  AROUND  IN  A  CIRCLE,  ALL  SAD  AND  WEEPING  "          .  144 

"  HE  WALKED  THROUGH  THE  FOREST  UNTIL  HE  CAME  SUDDENLY  UPON  A 

WIDE  AND  OPEN  RED  PLAIN  " 148 

"  IN  THE  TRIBE  WAS  A  VERY  HANDSOME  YOUNG  MAN  "  152 

"  FROM  THE  BEACH  CAME  A  LARGE  WHITE  SEAGULL  "          .         .         .         .  158 

"  THE  NIGHT  WAS  ALWAYS  ONE  OF  GREAT  MERRIMENT  AND  FEASTING  "      .  162 

"  HE  SAW  FOUR  LARGE  FISH  LYING  ON  THE  ICE  " 170 

"  IN  THE  EVENING  THEY  CAME  TO  A  CAMP  "               .         .         .         .         .  172 

"  HE  BOUGHT  A  LARGE  QUANTITY  OF  FOOD,  PUT  IT  IN  A  BASKET,  AND  CARRIED 

IT  TO  THE  ANIMAL  YARD  " l82 

"  THEN  HE  DRESSED  HIS  SISTER  IN  GOOD  CLOTHES  AND  WASHED  AND  COMBED 

HER  HAIR  " 186 

"  THE   PIGS  CAME   GRUNTING   OVER  THE   SAND  "              .....  IQO 

"  THE   PEOPLE   SET  OUT  TO  FIND  THE    GIANTS.       SOON  THEY  CAME  TO  THEIR 

CAVE  "                    199 


CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 


CANADIAN   WONDER   TALES 


THE   BAKER'S   MAGIC  WAND 

ONCE  very  long  ago  in  the  days  when  Canada  was 
owned  by  the  French  there  lived  on  the  banks  of 
a  great  river  a  wicked  lawyer  who  was  in  love  with 
a  baker's  wife.  He  tried  in  various  ways  to  get  rid  of  the 
baker,  but  without  success.  They  lived  not  far  from  the 
Seigneur  who  owned  all  the  land  around  and  was  very 
powerful.  Now,  in  front  of  the  Seigneur's  palace  there  was 
a  great  lake  of  more  than  twelve  thousand  acres.  One  morn 
ing  the  lawyer  went  to  the  palace  and  knocked  at  the  door. 
When  the  Seigneur  came  out,  he  said  to  him,  "  Sire,  there  is 
a  man  not  far  from  here  who  boasts  that  in  less  than  twice 
twenty-four  hours  he  can  change  this  lake  into  a  beautiful 
meadow  covered  with  grass  that  would  give  hay  enough  for 
all  your  horses  and  would  be  to  the  great  advantage  of  the 
colony."  Then  the  Seigneur  said,  "Who  is  this  man?" 
The  lawyer  answered,  "  He  is  no  less  than  the  baker  who 
furnishes  your  household  with  bread."  So  the  Seigneur  said, 
"  I  will  send  for  him." 


if;  :.  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

The  lawyer  went  away,  and  the  Seigneur  sent  a  letter  to 
the  baker  saying  that  he  wanted  to  see  him.  The  poor  baker 
thought  he  was  to  get  his  pay  for  the  bread  he  had  provided 
for  the  Seigneur  and  all  his  servants  and  soldiers.  So  he 
was  very  glad,  and  went  quickly  to  the  palace  and  knocked  at 
the  door.  When  the  Seigneur  came  out,  he  asked  what  was 
wanted  of  him.  The  Seigneur  answered  that  he  had  heard  of 
his  boast  that  in  less  than  twice  twenty-four  hours  he  could 
change  all  the  lake  into  a  beautiful  meadow  covered  with 
grass  and  clover  that  would  feed  all  the  Seigneur's  horses 
and  would  be  a  great  advantage  to  the  colony.  Now,  unless 
within  twice  twenty-four  hours  the  lake  was  changed  into 
a  meadow,  the  baker  should  be  hanged  before  the  door  of 
the  palace. 

Then  the  Seigneur  turned  away  and  the  baker  went  out 
discouraged,  for  he  did  not  know  what  to  do.  He  walked  off 
into  the  woods  and  sat  down  on  a  log  to  weep.  After  a  long 
time  an  old  woman  came  along  and  asked  what  was  the  matter. 
He  said  he  was  very  miserable ;  he  was  going  to  be  hanged 
in  twice  twenty-four  hours;  for  the  Seigneur  had  commanded 
him  to  change  all  the  lake  into  a  meadow,  covered  with  grass 
and  clover,  and  he  was  not  able  to  do  it.  Now,  this  old 
woman  was  a  good  fairy  in  disguise  and  when  the  baker  had 
done  speaking  she  told  him  not  to  be  troubled  but  to  go  to 
sleep.  She  gave  him* a  wand  just  like  a  broken  stick,  which 
she  told  him  to  wave  before  he  slept ;  it  had  great  power,  she 


THE   BAKER'S   MAGIC  WAND  5 

said,  and  while  he  slept  it  would  bring  to  pass  whatever  he 
desired.  So  he  waved  the  wand  and  went  to  sleep.  When 
he  had  slept  an  hour,  he  was  awakened  by  the  smell  of  hay, 
and  when  he  looked  about  him,  he  saw  that  the  lake  was  all 
gone  and  that  there  was  only  a  small  river  that  ran  through 
the  middle  of  a  beautiful  meadow  down  to  the  great  river  not 
far  away.  The  good  fairy  was  still  by  his  side.  She  told 
him  to  go  to  the  Seigneur  and  show  him  what  he  had  done. 
He  went  to  the  palace,  and  when  he  came  near,  he  saw  the 
Seigneur  looking  out  of  the  window  at  the  meadow,  and  all 
the  men  and  horses  at  work  making  hay.  He  knocked  at  the 
door,  and  when  the  Seigneur  came  downstairs,  he  asked  him 
if  he  was  satisfied.  The  Seigneur  said  he  was  not  satisfied, 
because  the  river  had  been  left  running  through  the  middle  of 
the  meadow.  The  baker  told  the  Seigneur  that  the  river  had 
been  left  to  provide  water  for  the  animals  and  to  help  in 
making  hay,  because  there  was  so  much  hay  that  all  the 
horses  in  the  land  could  not  draw  it  and  it  would  have  to  be 
brought  in  boats.  Then  the  Seigneur  was  satisfied  and  sent 
the  baker  away. 

Soon  the  wicked  lawyer  came  again,  and  the  Seigneur 
showed  him  the  meadow  and  the  men  and  women  and  horses 
making  hay.  The  lawyer  was  much  surprised  to  see  all  this, 
but  he  did  not  say  so.  Instead,  he  told  the  Seigneur  that  he 
had  no  doubt  the  baker  could  do  a  great  deal  more  than  that ; 
the  baker,  he  said,  had  boasted  that  he  could  make  a  "  tiens- 


6  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

bon-la"  for  the  Seigneur  that  would  be  worth  a  great  deal 
more  than  the  meadow  and  would  be  a  great  advantage  to  the 
colony.  "What  is  a  'tiens-bon-la'?"  asked  the  Seigneur. 
"I  do  not  know,"  answered  the  lawyer;  "but  the  baker  said 
he  could  make  one."  "  I  will  send  for  him,"  said  the 
Seigneur.  So  he  sent  for  the  baker,  who  was  just  making 
his  bread.  When  he  had  put  the  bread  into  the  oven,  he 
went  to  the  palace  and  knocked  again,  and  the  Seigneur 
came  to  the  door.  The  Seigneur  said  :  "I  have  heard  that 
you  boasted  that  you  can  make  a  '  tiens-bon-la '  that  would  be 
worth  more  than  the  meadow  and  a  great  advantage  to  the 
colony.  Now  you  shall  go  home  and  make  it,  and  unless  you 
bring  it  to  me  in  twice  twenty-four  hours,  you  shall  be  hanged 
before  the  palace  gate."  The  baker  asked,  "What  is  a 
'  tiens-bon-la '  ?  "  The  Seigneur  said,  "  I  do  not  know,  but 
I  must  have  one  within  twice  twenty-four  hours."  Then  he 
went  into  his  palace  again. 

The  poor  baker  went  away  more  sorrowful  than  before. 
He  had  no  idea  of  what  a  "tiens-bon-la"  was;  but  yet  he 
knew  he  should  be  hanged  unless  he  made  one  within  twice 
twenty-four  hours.  He  went  out  into  the  forest  again  and  sat 
down  on  the  same  log  as  he  had  sat  on  before,  and  wept  as 
hard  as  he  could.  When  he  had  cried  himself  to  sleep,  the 
good  old  fairy  came  again  and  waked  him  up  and  asked  him 
what  was  the  matter.  He  told  her  that  he  should  certainly 
be  hanged  this  time,  for  he  had  been  ordered  to  make  a 


THE   BAKER'S   MAGIC  WAND  7 

"  tiens-bon-la"  for  the  Seigneur,  and  he  did  not  know  what  it 
was.  Then  the  fairy  said,  "It  is  only  that  wicked  lawyer 
who  is  in  love  with  your  wife  and  wants  to  get  rid  of  you. 
You  must  do  what  I  tell  you  and  the  lawyer  will  be  punished, 
for  we  shall  make  a  'tiens-bon-la'  that  will  satisfy  the 
Seigneur.  Go  to  your  home  and  tell  your  wife  that  you  are 
commanded  to  make  a  '  tiens-bon-la '  for  the  Seigneur  and 
that  you  have  nothing  to  make  it  of.  Tell  her  to  put  two 
days'  provisions  in  a  bag  for  you,  and  when  she  has  them  all 
ready,  go  to  your  room  and  take  the  latch  off  the  window. 
Then  say  good-bye  to  your  wife,  and  walk  about  the  country 
until  it  is  dark.  As  soon  as  you  are  gone  your  wife  will  send 
for  the  lawyer  and  invite  him  to  supper.  Before  he  comes, 
and  after  it  is  dark,  you  must  come  back  to  your  house  and 
get  in  at  the  window  and  hide  yourself  under  the  bed.  Now, 
the  lawyer  will  not  eat  without  first  washing  his  hands. 
When  he  comes,  your  wife  will  send  him  into  the  room  where 
you  are  hiding  to  wash,  and  when  he  takes  hold  of  the  wash 
basin  you  must  cry  out  "  tiens-bon-la."  Take  this  wand  that 
I  will  give  you  and  anything  you  wave  it  at  when  you  cry 
'tiens-bon-la'  will  hold  fast  to  whatever  it  is  touching." 
Then  she  gave  him  another  wand  and  went  her  way. 

The  baker  did  as  the  fairy  had  told  him,  and  his  wife  was 
very  glad  to  learn  that  he  was  going  away ;  and  she  packed 
up  a  large  bag  of  provisions  and  sent  him  off.  As  soon  as 
he  was  out  of  the  house  she  sent  a  note  to  the  lawyer  telling 


8  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

him  that  her  husband  was  gone  away  for  two  days  and  that 
she  would  like  to  have  him  come  to  supper.  The  baker 
walked  around  the  country  until  it  was  dark,  and  then  came 
back  and  hid  himself  under  the  bed.  His  wife  told  the 
servant  to  set  the  table  and  prepare  a  nice  supper,  and  then 
she  went  to  get  ready  to  receive  the  lawyer.  Soon  the  lawyer 
arrived.  The  servant  showed  him  into  a  room  where  he 
might  wash  his  hands  after  his  day's  work  before  he  sat  down 
to  his  meal.  The  baker  was  under  the  bed  in  the  room. 
There  was  some  water  that  was  not  very  clean  in  the  wash 
basin,  and  when  the  lawyer  took  hold  of  the  basin  to  throw 
the  water  out,  the  baker,  who  was  under  the  bed,  waved  his 
wand  and  cried  out  "  tiens-bon-la,"  and  the  lawyer's  hands 
stuck  to  the  basin  so  that  he  could  not  let  go  and  the  basin 
stuck  to  the  wash-stand.  He  called  out  to  the  servant  to 
come  and  help  him,  but  she  was  busy  about  the  supper  and 
did  not  hear  him.  So  then  he  cried  out  as  loud  as  he  could, 
"  Madame,  Madame."  When  the  baker's  wife  heard  him,  she 
was  dreadfully  frightened  and  ran  in  to  see  what  was  the 
matter.  When  she  found  the  lawyer  stuck  to  the  wash-stand, 
which  was  very  large  and  heavy,  she  took  hold  of  him  with 
both  hands  to  pull  him  away.  Then  her  husband  cried  out 
from  under  the  bed  "tiens-bon-la,"  and  the  wife  could  not  let 
go  the  lawyer.  Then  the  baker  went  out  and  called  in  some 
of  his  friends,  and  they  ate  the  supper  and  drank  the  wine 
that  had  been  prepared  for  the  lawyer  who  was  stuck  to  the 


THE   BAKER'S   MAGIC  WAND  9 

wash-stand,  and  the  wife  who  could  not  let  go  the 
lawyer. 

When  morning  came,  the  baker  took  the  wand  that  the 
fairy  had  given  him  and  told  his  wife  and  the  lawyer  that  if 
they  wanted  to  get  loose  they  must  do  as  he  told  them.  With 
his  wand  he  loosened  the  basin  from  the  wash-stand.  Then 
he  made  them  go  out  into  the  street,  and  he  started  them 
towards  the  Seigneur's  palace. 

As  soon  as  they  all  came  out  into  the  light,  the  baker  saw 
that  there  was  a  hole  in  his  wife's  dress,  so  he  pulled  some 
grass  and  twisted  it  into  a  wisp  and  filled  up  the  hole. 
Presently  they  came  to  a  cow  that  was  feeding  by  the  side  of 
the  road.  There  was  not  much  grass  there  and  the  cow  was 
hungry,  so  when  she  saw  the  wisp  of  grass  sticking  from  the 
woman's  dress  she  began  to  eat  it ;  but  the  baker  waved  his 
wand  and  cried  "  tiens-bon-la "  and  the  cow's  teeth  stuck  in 
the  grass  and  the  grass  stuck  to  the  dress.  They  all  went 
along  until  they  came  to  a  house  where  there  was  a  large  dog 
on  the  doorstep.  When  the  dog  saw  the  people,  he  jumped 
over  the  fence  to  see  where  they  were  going.  The  cow  gave 
him  a  switch  with  her  tail  across  the  nose,  the  baker  cried 
"tiens-bon-la,"  and  the  dog  stuck  to  the  cow's  tail  and  went 
along  with  the  rest.  When  the  old  woman  who  owned  the  dog 
saw  him  going  off  in  this  manner,  she  was  very  angry ;  she 
called  him  but  he  would  not  come ;  then  she  ran  out  with  the 
broom  that  she  was  using  to  sweep  the  floor,  and  began  to 


io  CANADIAN   WONDER   TALES 

beat  the  dog  to  drive  him  home.  But  the  baker  cried  out 
"tiens-bon-la"  again  and  so  the  broom  stuck  to  the  dog  and 
the  old  woman  could  not  let  go  the  broom.  The  old  woman's 
husband  was  quite  lame ;  he  ran  after  his  wife,  limping  along 
with  a  stick.  He  could  not  go  very  fast,  but  he  went  as  well 
as  he  could  to  see  what  his  old  woman  was  beating  the  dog 
for.  When  he  came  up,  he  took  hold  of  the  woman's  dress 
to  pull  her  away,  but  the  baker  cried  out  "tiens-bon-la"  again 
and  the  lame  farmer  had  to  go  limping  along  with  the  others. 

So  they  all  went  to  the  Seigneur's  palace — the  lawyer  with 
the  heavy  wash-basin,  the  woman  holding  on  to  the  lawyer, 
the  cow  trying  to  eat  the  wisp  of  hay,  the  dog  barking  at  the 
cow  and  sticking  to  her  tail,  the  old  woman  with  her  broom, 
and  the  lame  farmer  limping  along  with  his  stick.  The  baker 
knocked  at  the  door  and  when  the  Seigneur  opened  it  he  said  : 
"Oh,  my  Seigneur,  you  ordered  a  'tiens-bon-la'  and  I  have 
brought  you  one,  the  best  that  was  ever  made.  If  you  will 
be  pleased  to  try  it,  I  hope  you  will  be  content."  The 
Seigneur  took  hold  of  the  basin  to  take  it  away  from  the 
lawyer,  the  baker  cried  "tiens-bon-la"  again,  and  the  Seigneur 
was  held  to  the  basin  as  fast  as  the  others.  He  tried  hard  to 
get  away  but  the  "tiens-bon-la"  was  good  and  would  not 
let  go. 

Then  the  Seigneur  asked  the  baker  what  he  would  take  to 
let  him  off.  After  a  long  time  the  baker  said  he  would  let 
him  go  if  the  Seigneur  would  give  a  great  sum  of  money 


'OH.  MY   SEIQNEUR,   YOU   COMMANDED  A  '  TIENS-BON-LA,1    AND  I  HAVE    BROUGHT  YOU    ONE    ' 


THE   BAKER'S   MAGIC  WAND  11 

every  year  to  himself  and  to  each  of  his  fifteen  children.  The 
Seigneur  consented,  but  the  baker  said  he  must  have  a  deed 
made  by  a  notary.  So  they  sent  for  the  notary  and  the  deed 
was  made,  and  the  Seigneur  signed  it  on  the  wash-basin. 
The  baker  waved  his  wand  backwards,  the  "  tiens-bon-la " 
was  broken,  and  they  all  went  away  happy  again,  and  the 
baker's  wife  never  again  deceived  her  husband. 


STAR-BOY  AND  THE   SUN   DANCE 

ONCE  long  ago  when  the  Blackfeet  Indians  dwelt  on 
the  Canadian  prairies,  it  happened  that  a  band  of 
the  people  were  camped  near  the  mountains.  It  was 
spring-time,  and  the  warm  winds  blew  over  the  prairies  laden 
with  the  scent  of  wild  flowers.  One  hot  cloudless  night  two 
girls  slept  in  the  long  prairie  grass  beside  their  tents  with  no 
covering  but  the  sky.  The  elder  awoke  before  dawn  and  saw 
the  Morning  Star  just  rising.  Very  beautiful  and  bright  he 
looked  in  the  clear  morning  air,  with  no  smoke  or  dust  to 
hide  him.  The  girl  looked  long  at  the  Star,  and  she  had 
strange  fancies,  and  imagined  that  he  was  her  lover.  At  last 
she  called  her  sister  and  said,  "  Look  at  the  Morning  Star. 
He  is  bright  and  wise.  I  love  only  the  Morning  Star  for  he 
is  more  beautiful  than  man." 

One  day  in  the  autumn  when  the  flowers  were  faded  and 
the  grass  was  yellow  with  age  and  the  cool  winds  blew  over 
the  prairie  and  the  birds  were  flying  south,  as  the  girl  was 
returning  home  from  a  long  walk  she  met  a  young  man  on 
the  trail.  In  his  hair  was  a  yellow  plume,  and  in  his  hand 
a  small  shrub  with  a  big  spider-web  hanging  to  it.  He  was 
very  beautiful,  and  he  wore  fine  clothes  of  soft  skins,  and  the 


12 


STAR-BOY  AND   THE   SUN   DANCE  13 

odour  of  his  dress  was  that  of  the  sweet-grass  and  the  pine. 
As  the  girl  drew  aside  from  the  trail  to  pass,  he  put  forth  his 
hand  and  stopped  her.  "  Stand  aside,"  she  said,  "and  let  me 
pass."  But  he  answered,  "  I  am  the  Morning  Star.  One 
night  in  spring  when  the  flowers  were  blooming,  I  saw  you 
sleeping  in  the  long  grass  outside  your  tent,  and  I  loved  you. 
I  heard  you  say  you  loved  only  me,  and  now  I  have  come  to 
ask  you  to  come  with  me  to  the  sky  to  the  home  of  my  father, 
the  Sun,  where  we  shall  live  together  and  you  will  have 
no  more  troubles  nor  cares.  It  is  the  Land  of  Little  People, 
the  Land  of  the  Ever- Young,  where  all  are  happy  like 
children,  and  no  one  ever  grows  old."  Then  the  girl  remem 
bered  the  hot  cloudless  night  in  the  spring-time  when  she 
slept  in  the  tall  grass,  and  she  knew  now  that  Morning  Star 
was  to  be  her  husband. 

And  she  said,  "  I  must  first  say  good-bye  to  my  father 
and  mother."  But  Morning  Star  said,  "  There  must  be  no 
leave-taking,"  and  he  would  not  let  her  go  home.  He 
fastened  his  yellow  plume  in  her  hair,  and  gave  her  the  shrub 
to  hold.  He  told  her  to  place  her  feet  upon  the  lowest  strand 
of  the  spider's  web  and  to  hold  the  uppermost  strand  in  her 
hands.  Then  he  told  her  to  shut  her  eyes.  After  a  brief 
time  when  he  asked  her  to  open  her  eyes,  they  were  in  the 
sky.  They  passed  on  to  a  large  tent.  Morning  Star  said, 
"  This  is  the  home  of  my  father  and  mother,  the  Sun  and  the 
Moon,"  and  he  asked  her  to  enter.  As  it  was  day,  the  Sun 


H  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

was  away  on  his  long  journey,  but  the  Moon  was  at  home 
and  she  welcomed  the  girl  as  her  son's  bride.  And  the  girl 
lived  happy  in  the  Star  country  with  her  husband,  and  she 
learned  many  wonderful  things.  Not  far  from  her  home, 
near  the  tent  of  the  Spider  Man  who  weaved  webs,  a  large 
turnip  was  growing  about  which  she  wondered  greatly.  But 
the  Moon  seeing  her  wonder  said,  "You  may  dig  any  roots 
that  grow  in  the  sky,  but  I  warn  you  not  to  dig  up  the  large 
turnip.  If  you  do,  unhappiness  will  follow  you." 

After  a  time  a  son  was  born  to  the  girl,  and  everywhere 
the  girl  went  she  carried  the  child.  She  called  him  Star-Boy. 
She  often  saw  the  large  turnip  near  the  tent  of  the  Spider 
Man  who  weaved  webs,  but  mindful  of  the  Moon's  warning, 
she  was  afraid  to  touch  it.  One  day,  however,  her  wonder 
overcame  her,  and  she  decided  to  see  what  was  underneath 
the  turnip.  She  tried  to  pull  it  up  but  it  stuck  fast,  and  she 
was  unable  to  move  it.  Then  two  large  cranes,  flying  from 
the  east,  came  to  her  aid,  and  catching  the  turnip  with  their 
long  bills  they  moved  it  from  side  to  side,  loosened  it,  and 
pulled  it  up.  The  girl  looked  through  the  hole,  and  saw  the 
earth  far  beneath  her.  It  was  the  same  hole  through  which 
Morning  Star  had  brought  her  to  the  sky.  She  looked  long 
through  the  hole,  and  she  saw  the  camps  of  her  people,  the 
Blackfeet,  on  the  plains  far  below.  What  she  saw  was  well 
known  to  her.  It  was  summer  on  the  prairies.  The  men 
were  playing  games ;  the  women  were  tanning  skins  or 


THE   GIRL   LOOKED  THROUGH   THE    HOLE.    AND   SAW  THE    EARTH    FAR    BENEATH    HER. 


STAR-BOY  AND   THE   SUN   DANCE  15 

gathering  berries  on  the  rolling  hills.  She  grew  very  lonely 
as  she  watched,  for  she  wanted  to  be  back  on  the  green 
prairies  with  her  own  people,  and  when  she  turned  away  to 
go  home  she  was  crying  bitterly. 

When  she  reached  home,  Morning  Star  and  his  Mother 
the  Moon  were  waiting  for  her.  Morning  Star  at  once  knew 
from  her  face  what  had  happened,  and  he  said,  "You  have 
pulled  up  the  sacred  turnip."  When  she  did  not  answer,  the 
Moon  said,  "  I  warned  you  not  to  dig  it  up,  because  I  love 
Star-Boy  and  I  do  not  wish  to  part  with  him."  It  was  day, 
and  the  Sun  was  away  on  his  long  journey.  When  he  came 
home  in  the  evening,  he  asked  what  was  the  matter  with  his 
daughter  for  she  looked  sad  and  troubled.  And  the  girl 
answered  that  she  was  lonely  because  she  had  looked  down 
that  day  upon  her  people  on  the  plains.  Then  the  Sun  was 
very  angry,  and  said  to  Morning  Star,  "If  she  has  disobeyed, 
she  must  go  back  to  her  people.  She  cannot  live  here." 
Morning  Star  and  the  Moon  pleaded  with  the  Sun  to  let  her 
remain,  but  the  Sun  said  that  it  was  better  that  she  should  go 
back  to  the  prairies,  for  she  would  no  longer  he  happy  in 
the  sky. 

Then  Morning  Star  led  the  girl  to  the  house  of  the 
Spider  Man  who  had  weaved  the  web  that  had  drawn  her  up 
to  the  sky.  He  placed  Star-Boy  on  her  breast,  and  wrapped 
around  them  both  a  bright  robe.  Then  he  bade  them  fare 
well,  saying,  "We  will  let  you  down  where  your  people  on  the 


16  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

plains  can  see  you  as  you  fall."  Then  the  Spider  Man  with 
his  web  let  her  down  as  she  had  come,  through  the  hole  in 
the  sky. 

It  was  a  hot  still  evening  in  midsummer  when  the  girl 
returned  to  her  people.  Many  of  the  people  were  outside 
their  tents,  and  they  saw  a  bright  light  in  the  northern  sky. 
They  watched  it  slowly  drop  until  it  reached  the  ground. 
They  thought  it  was  a  shooting  star.  They  ran  to  the  place 
where  the  bright  light  fell,  and  there  they  found  a  strange 
bundle,  inside  of  which  were  the  woman  and  her  child.  Her 
parents  knew  her,  and  she  returned  with  them  to  their  home 
and  lived  with  them.  But  she  was  never  happy.  Often  she 
took  Star-Boy  to  the  top  of  a  high  hill  in  the  west,  where  she 
sat  and  mourned  for  her  home  in  the  sky.  And  daily  she 
watched  Morning  Star  rise  from  the  plains.  Once  she 
begged  him  to  take  her  back  to  the  country  of  the  stars,  but 
he  answered,  "  You  disobeyed,  and  therefore  I  cannot  take 
you  back.  Your  sin  is  the  cause  of  your  sorrow,  and  it  has 
brought  great  trouble  to  you  and  your  people." 

So  the  Star-woman  lived  alone  and  unhappy  upon  the 
earth  because  she  had  disobeyed.  After  a  time  she  died,  and 
her  son,  Star-Boy,  was  left  alone.  Although  born  in  the 
home  of  the  Sun,  he  was  very  poor.  He  had  little  of  the 
world's  goods,  and  but  few  clothes  to  wear.  He  was  so  timid 
that  he  never  played  with  other  children,  and  he  lived  much 
by  himself.  On  his  face  was  a  strange  scar  which  became 


STAR-BOY  AND  THE   SUN   DANCE  17 

more  marked  as  he  grew  older.  Because  of  this  and  his  shy 
and  timid  ways,  he  was  laughed  at  by  everybody  ;  other  boys 
stoned  him  and  abused  him  and  called  him  Scarface. 

When  Star-Boy  became  a  man  he  loved  a  girl  of  his  own 
people.  She  was  very  beautiful,  and  many  young  men 
wanted  to  marry  her,  but  she  refused  them  all.  She  told 
Star-Boy  that  she  would  not  marry  him  until  he  removed  the 
strange  scar  from  his  face.  He  was  much  troubled  by  this 
answer  and  he  talked  about  it  to  an  old  medicine-woman  who 
knew  many  things.  The  medicine-woman  told  him  that  the 
scar  had  been  placed  on  his  face  by  the  Sun  and  that  only  the 
Sun  himself  could  take  it  off.  So  he  decided  to  go  to  the 
home  of  the  Sun. 

He  went  across  the  prairies  and  over  the  mountains  for 
many  days,  meeting  many  dangers  and  suffering  great  hard 
ships.  At  last  he  came  to  the  Great  Water  in  the  West — 
the  Pacific  Ocean.  For  three  days  and  nights  he  lay  on  the 
sand  fasting  and  praying  to  the  Sun  God.  On  the  evening 
of  the  fourth  day  he  saw  a  bright  trail  leading  across  the 
water  to  the  west.  He  ran  along  this  path  across  the  water 
until  he  came  at  last  to  the  home  of  the  Sun,  where  he  hid 
himself  and  waited.  Early  next  morning  the  Sun  came  out 
of  his  tent,  ready  for  his  day's  journey.  He  saw  Star-Boy, 
but  he  did  not  know  him,  for  Star-Boy  had  grown  since 
he  left  the  country  of  the  stars.  The  Sun  was  angry  when  he 
saw  a  creature  from  earth,  and  calling  his  wife,  the  Moon,  he 


i8  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

said,  "We  will  kill  him,  for  he  comes  from  a  good-for- 
nothing  race."  But  the  Moon,  being  kind,  prevented  it  and 
saved  the  boy's  life.  Then  Morning  Star,  the  boy's  father, 
handsome  and  bright,  came  from  his  tent.  He  recognized 
his  child.  And,  after  the  usual  fashion  in  the  sky,  he  brought 
dried  sweet-grass  and  burned  it  so  that  the  smoke  curled 
around  the  boy  and  cleansed  him  from  the  dust  of  the  earth. 
Then  he  brought  him  to  his  father  and  mother,  the  Sun  and 
the  Moon,  and  told  them  who  the  boy  was.  And  Star-Boy 
told  his  story  of  his  long  journey,  and  of  the  marriage  re 
fusal  of  the  girl  he  loved  because  of  the  scar  on  his  face. 
And  they  took  pity  on  him,  and  promised  to  help  him. 

Star-Boy  lived  in  the  home  of  the  Sun  and  Moon  with 
Morning  Star.  Once  he  went  hunting  and  killed  seven  large 
birds  which  had  threatened  the  life  of  his  father.  He  gave 
four  of  the  dead  birds  to  the  Sun  and  three  to  the  Moon. 
And  the  Sun,  glad  to  be  rid  of  these  pests,  resolved  to  pay 
him  well  for  his  work.  As  a  reward,  he  took  the  scar  from 
his  face,  as  the  medicine-woman  had  said.  And  he  made  him 
his  messenger  to  the  Blackfeet  people  on  the  Canadian  plains, 
and  promised  that  if  they  would  give  a  festival  in  his  honour 
once  a  year,  he  would  heal  their  sick.  The  festival  was  to  be 
known  as  the  Sun  Dance.  He  taught  Star-Boy  the  secrets 
of  the  dance  and  the  songs  to  be  used  in  it,  so  that  he  could 
tell  his  people.  And  he  gave  him  two  raven  feathers  to  wear, 
as  a  sign  that  he  came  from  the  Sun,  and  a  very  wonderful 


STAR-BOY  AND  THE   SUN   DANCE  19 

robe.     And  he  gave  him  a  magic  flute  and  a  wonderful  song, 
with  which  he  could  charm  the  heart  of  the  girl  he  loved. 

So  Star-Boy  returned  to  his  people,  the  Blackfeet  of  the 
plains,  running  along  by  the  Milky  Way,  the  short,  bright 
path  to  the  earth.  When  he  had  taught  them  the  secret 
of  the  Sun  Dance,  he  married  the  girl  he  loved,  and  the  Sun 
took  them  back  to  live  with  him  in  the  sky.  And  he  made 
him  bright  and  beautiful,  just  like  his  father  Morning  Star, 
and  gave  him  work  to  do.  Sometimes  the  father  and  son  can 
be  seen  together  in  the  sky ;  the  people  of  earth  sometimes 
call  the  father  Venus,  and  the  son  Jupiter,  but  Indians  call 
them  Morning  Star  and  Little  Morning  Star.  And  since 
that  time,  once  a  year,  the  Blackfeet  of  the  plains  hold  the 
Sun  Dance  that  their  sick  may  all  be  healed,  as  it  was 
promised  to  Star-Boy  by  the  Sun  God  in  the  old  days. 


JACK  AND   HIS   MAGIC   AIDS 


T~  "iHERE  was  once  a  poor  widow  who  had  but  one 
child,  a  son,  Jack  by  name.  Her  husband  had  left 
-*-  her  money  when  he  died,  but  in  a  few  years  it  was 
all  used  up.  Jack  was  a  silly  fellow ;  he  was  always  doing 
stupid  things  and  was  of  no  help  to  his  mother,  although 
his  father  had  said  that  some  day  he  would  do  great  deeds. 
Soon  the  widow  became  very  poor.  She  lived  on  a  large 
farm  rented  from  a  greedy  landlord  who  lived  in  the  town 
near  by.  The  rent  had  to  be  paid  once  a  year,  and  when 
pay  day  was  drawing  near,  she  found  she  had  no  money 
to  give  the  landlord.  She  had  several  fine  cows,  so  she 
thought  she  would  sell  one  and  get  money  to  pay  her  rent. 

One  morning  she  sent  Jack  off  to  market  with  the  finest 
cow  she  had.  As  Jack  drove  the  cow  along,  he  passed  a 
house  standing  in  the  forest  near  the  road.  A  man  sitting 
on  the  steps  called  to  him.  "Where  are  you  going  with 
the  cow?"  he  asked.  "I  am  driving  her  to  market  to  sell 
her,"  answered  Jack.  The  man  asked  him  to  come  in  and 
rest  a  while,  and  Jack  tied  the  cow  to  a  tree  and  went  in. 
Then  the  man  said,  "You  must  give  the  cow  to  me."  But 
Jack  answered,  "  I  cannot  give  her  to  you  ;  I  will  sell  her  to 


20 


'WHERE   ARE   YOU   GOING   WITH   THE  COW?" 


JACK  AND   HIS   MAGIC  AIDS  21 

you,  for  my  mother  needs  the  money."  The  man  asked 
Jack  to  have  something  to  eat,  and  placed  before  him  on 
the  table  a  plateful  of  food.  Jack  ate  heartily,  but  the  food 
did  not  grow  less.  He  ate  and  ate  and  could  not  stop. 
Soon  he  became  so  full  that  he  was  almost  bursting,  but  the 
food  had  grown  no  smaller,  and  he  could  not  stop  eating, 
although  he  tried  very  hard.  He  called  to  the  man  to  take 
away  the  food.  But  the  man  answered,  "  If  you  will  give 
me  your  cow,  I  will  take  away  the  plate ;  if  not,  you  may 
eat  away."  So  Jack  agreed  to  give  him  the  cow,  for  he  was 
afraid  he  would  burst  from  overeating,  and  in  return  for  the 
cow  the  man  gave  him  the  dish  of  magical  food.  Then  he 
went  back  home. 

When  he  reached  home,  his  mother  asked  him  for  the 
money  from  the  sale  of  the  cow.  But  he  told  her  he  had 
been  robbed  of  the  cow  by  the  man  in  the  forest.  She 
scolded  him,  and  called  him  many  harsh  names,  and  took 
the  broom  to  beat  him.  But  when  she  took  hold  of  him,  he 
placed  a  little  of  the  magical  food  in  her  mouth,  and  his 
mother,  charmed  with  the  taste,  at  once  asked  for  more.  He 
gave  her  the  dish,  and  just  as  he  had  done  at  the  man's 
house,  she  ate  and  ate  until  she  too  was  almost  bursting, 
but  she  could  not  stop.  When  she  pleaded  with  him  to  take 
the  food  away,  he  said,  "  I  will  take  it  away  if  you  will  not 
beat  me,"  and  she  agreed. 

The  next  morning  his  mother  sent  Jack  off  to  market 


22  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

with  another  cow.  He  passed  the  same  house  as  on  the 
previous  day,  and  the  same  man  was  again  sitting  on  the 
steps.  The  man  asked  him  for  the  cow,  but  Jack,  remember 
ing  what  had  happened  the  day  before,  hurried  on  without 
reply.  Then  the  man  took  off  the  belt  he  was  wearing  and 
threw  it  down  in  the  middle  of  the  road.  At  once  the  belt 
leaped  around  both  Jack  and  the  cow,  tying  both  tightly 
together.  The  man  said  he  would  let  them  free  if  Jack  would 
give  him  the  cow.  But  Jack  refused.  Then  the  belt  began 
to  tighten  slowly ;  it  got  tighter  and  tighter,  pressing  Jack  to 
the  cow  until  he  could  hardly  draw  his  breath.  At  last,  when 
he  could  stand  it  no  longer,  he  agreed  to  give  up  the  cow, 
and  the  man  set  him  free.  In  return  Jack  received  the  magic 
belt.  When  he  reached  home,  his  mother  again  asked  him 
for  the  money  from  the  sale  of  the  cow.  When  he  told  her 
that  he  had  again  been  robbed,  she  was  more  angry  than 
before ;  she  called  him  harsh  names  again,  and  rushed  at  him 
saying  she  would  kill  him.  But  Jack  unclasped  his  magic 
belt,  threw  it  on  the  floor,  and  at  once  it  leaped  around  his 
mother,  tying  her  hand  and  foot.  As  the  belt  became 
tighter  and  tighter,  his  mother  began  to  gasp  for  breath, 
and  cried  out  to  be  set  free.  But  Jack  said,  "  I  will  untie 
you,  if  you  promise  not  to  beat  me."  So  his  mother,  almost 
smothered,  agreed.  Then  he  untied  her,  and  she  kept  her 
promise. 

As  the  rent-day  was  near  at  hand,  his  mother  resolved  to 


JACK  AND   HIS    MAGIC  AIDS  23 

try  once  more  to  sell  a  cow,  and  the  next  morning  Jack  was 
again  sent  to  market  driving  the  third  cow.  As  he  passed 
the  same  house  by  the  side  of  the  forest  road,  the  man  who 
had  already  taken  two  cows  from  him  sat  on  the  steps.  He 
asked  Jack  to  give  him  the  cow  he  was  driving,  just  as  he  had 
done  before.  But  in  answer,  Jack  picked  up  a  large  stone  and 
threw  it  in  anger  at  the  man's  head.  The  man  dodged  the 
stone,  and  took  from  his  pocket  a  small  flute  and  began  to 
play  it.  In  spite  of  his  efforts  to  keep  still,  Jack  began  to 
dance.  The  cow  joined  in  the  jig,  and  both  danced  and 
danced  up  and  down  the  road  and  could  not  stop.  They 
danced  until  Jack  was  tired  out,  but  he  could  not  stop, 
although  he  tried  hard.  He  pleaded  with  the  man  to  stop 
playing  the  flute.  The  man  said,  "I  will  stop  if  you  will  give 
me  your  cow."  But  Jack  had  already  lost  two  cows  and  he 
refused.  "Then  dance  away,"  said  the  man,  and  Jack  danced 
until  he  was  almost  dropping.  Finally  he  agreed  to  give  up 
the  cow.  The  dance  was  stopped,  and  in  return  for  the  cow, 
Jack  received  the  magic  flute. 

When  he  reached  home  and  told  his  mother  that  he  had 
been  robbed  a  third  time,  her  rage  knew  no  bounds.  She 
said  she  would  surely  kill  him  this  time,  but  as  she  sprang 
upon  him,  he  began  to  play  his  flute.  His  mother  began  to 
dance,  and  when  she  ordered  him  to  stop  playing,  he  said, 
"  I  will  stop  if  you  promise  not  to  beat  me."  At  first  she 
refused,  but  as  she  danced  until  she  was  very  tired,  she  finally 


24  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

agreed,  and  Jack  escaped  punishment.  He  found  too  that  by 
playing  another  tune,  he  could  call  with  his  flute  a  great 
swarm  of  wasps  which  could  not  be  seen  by  anyone  but  him 
self  and  which  would  obey  all  his  commands. 

The  next  day  was  the  rent-day,  and  there  was  no  money 
to  pay  the  landlord.  The  widow  was  troubled,  but  Jack  said, 
"  I  will  pay  him  ;  be  not  troubled."  Soon  the  landlord  and 
his  servant  drove  up  to  the  widow's  house.  When  they 
entered  the  house,  the  widow  hid  herself,  for  she  did  not  want 
to  meet  the  cruel  landlord  without  her  rent.  But  Jack  met 
them  and  politely  gave  them  seats.  Then  he  offered  them 
food  after  their  long  drive,  and  placed  before  them  the  dish  of 
magical  meat.  And  they  ate  and  ate,  just  as  Jack  and  his 
mother  had  done,  and  could  not  stop.  At  last  they  were 
almost  bursting  with  the  food,  which  grew  no  less  on  the  dish, 
and  they  pleaded  with  Jack  to  take  the  dish  away.  Jack 
replied,  "  I  will  take  it  away  if  you  will  give  up  the  farm  to 
my  mother,  for  we  have  paid  you  more  rent  than  the  farm  is 
worth."  Finally  the  landlord,  fearing  he  would  burst,  agreed. 
Jack  removed  the  food,  and  the  landlord  returned  to  the 
town,  leaving  the  farm  to  Jack  and  his  mother. 

Jack  soon  left  the  farm  and  all  upon  it  to  his  mother,  and 
started  out  to  make  his  own  fortune,  taking  with  him  his 
magic  dish,  belt  and  flute.  He  travelled  far,  and  came  at 
last  to  a  town  where  a  great  man  lived  who  had  one  beautiful 
daughter.  She  had  many  suitors,  but  she  said  that  she 


JACK  AND   HIS   MAGIC   AIDS  25 

would  marry  the  man  who  could  make  her  laugh  three  times. 
Jack  resolved  to  make  the  trial,  and  went  to  the  man's  house. 
He  was  an  awkward,  ugly  fellow,  and  the  girl  looked  on  him 
with  great  disgust,  but  she  consented  to  let  him  make  the 
trial.  First  Jack  produced  his  magical  dish,  and  offered  it  to 
the  girl.  She  tasted  the  food  and  liked  it  so  well  that  she  ate 
more.  She  ate  and  ate  as  all  who  had  eaten  from  it  had  done 
before  her,  until  she  cried  out  to  have  it  taken  away.  But 
Jack  would  take  it  away  on  one  condition — she  must  first 
laugh.  Finally,  when  she  too  was  almost  bursting,  she 
agreed,  but  she  said  to  herself,  "  He  will  not  make  me  laugh 
a  second  time." 

As  soon  as  Jack  had  taken  away  the  dish,  the  girl  and 
her  servants  rushed  upon  him  to  punish  him.  But  he  threw 
down  his  magic  belt,  and  at  once  they  were  all  bound  together 
in  a  heap,  tied  from  head  to  foot.  They  begged  to  be  untied. 
"  I  will  untie  you,"  said  Jack  to  the  girl,  "  if  you  will  laugh." 
At  first  the  girl  refused,  but  as  the  belt  slowly  tightened,  and 
she  could  stand  it  no  longer,  she  agreed,  and  laughed  feebly. 
Then  Jack  let  them  go. 

No  sooner  were  they  set  free  than  they  rushed  at  Jack 
again  to  punish  him.  But  he  began  to  play  on  his  flute,  and 
at  once  the  whole  company  began  to  dance.  When  they 
grew  tired,  they  tried  to  stop,  but  they  could  not.  They 
begged  him  to  stop  playing,  but  he  replied,  "I  will  stop  when 
the  girl  laughs."  For  a  long  time  she  refused,  but  when  she 


26  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

became  so  weary  of  the  dance  that  she  could  scarcely  stand 
up  she  agreed,  and  laughed  the  third  time. 

Before  Jack  could  claim  her,  her  father  heard  what  had 
happened,  and  he  ordered  Jack  to  be  brought  before  him. 
When  he  saw  such  an  ugly  fellow,  he  too  was  disgusted,  and 
said  that  Jack  must  be  secretly  put  to  death.  So  poor  Jack 
was  seized  unexpectedly  before  he  could  use  his  magic  aids 
and  thrown  into  a  cage  of  wild  beasts.  But  when  the  beasts 
rushed  upon  him  to  eat  him  up  he  threw  down  his  magic 
belt,  and  they  were  all  tied  up  in  a  heap,  while  Jack  escaped 
from  the  cage. 

Meanwhile  a  very  rich  man  had  won  the  hand  of  the 
man's  daughter.  On  the  day  of  the  wedding  Jack  went  again 
to  the  man's  house  and  waited.  Just  as  the  wedding  cere 
mony  was  to  begin,  Jack  went  in  ;  he  sat  behind  a  door  in  the 
corner  and  played  a  soft  tune  on  his  magic  flute  and  called  up 
a  great  swarm  of  wasps.  The  wasps  could  not  be  seen  by 
any  eyes  but  Jack's,  but  they  swarmed  into  the  room.  Jack 
told  them  to  sting  the  rich  man  waiting  at  the  altar  to  be  the 
girl's  husband.  At  once  the  man,  feeling  them  stinging,  but 
unable  to  see  anything,  began  to  jump  and  scream  like  a 
madman.  The  people  looked  on  in  terror,  believing  that  he 
had  become  suddenly  crazy.  The  man  jumped  and  yelled 
and  slapped  himself,  until  the  girl  declared  that  she  would 
not  marry  a  madman,  and  her  father  led  her  away  and  the 
people  went  out  in  great  disorder.  As  the  girl's  father  went 


JACK  AND   HIS   MAGIC   AIDS  27 

out,  he  saw  Jack  sitting  behind  the  door.  He  was  surprised 
to  see  that  he  had  escaped  from  the  wild  beasts'  cage,  for  he 
believed  that  the  beasts  had  eaten  him  up.  He  knew  too  that 
in  some  mysterious  way  Jack  had  been  the  cause  of  the 
uproar.  Then  the  servants  brought  him  word  that  the  beasts 
in  the  cage  were  all  tied  up,  and  could  not  be  set  free.  The 
man  then  knew  that  Jack  had  great  power,  so  he  sent  for  him 
and  said,  "  You  are  a  very  wonderful  man  ;  you  have  won  my 
daughter."  So  with  great  joy  and  splendour  the  wedding 
took  place.  Jack  built  a  great  house,  and  when  the  girl's 
father  died,  he  received  all  his  lands,  and  he  lived  happy  ever 
afterwards  with  his  bride,  because  of  the  magic  dish  and  belt 
and  flute  he  had  taken  in  exchange  for  his  cows. 


THE    BAD   INDIAN'S   ASHES 

IN  the  old  days  when  giants  roamed  along  the  North 
Pacific  Coast,  there  lived  on  the  banks  of  a  great  river 
a  poor  Indian  woman.  She  was  the  daughter  of  a  dead 
chief — a  great  man — but  she  had  fallen  on  evil  days.  Against 
her  parents'  wishes,  she  had  married  a  worthless  fellow  ;  he 
was  lazy  and  useless,  and  she  was  very  poor  and  unhappy. 
One  night  a  son  was  born  to  her.  It  was  a  wild  stormy 
night ;  the  winds  roared,  the  thunder  crashed,  and  terrible 
lightnings  forked  the  sky.  The  boy  was  born  with  strange 
marks  upon  him,  and  on  his  head  were  horns  like  sharp 
arrow-points.  The  wise  men  of  the  place  shook  their  heads 
and  said,  "  No  good  can  come  from  him ;  he  will  come  to 
a  bad  end." 

As  the  boy  grew  up,  it  was  seen  that  the  prophecy  of  the 
wise  men  would  surely  come  true.  He  was  very  wicked,  and 
he  soon  became  known  for  his  bad  deeds.  He  was  the  terror 
of  all  the  country  on  the  Pacific  Coast.  But  his  mother 
loved  him  well,  for  he  was  her  only  child,  and  she  petted  him 
like  a  baby,  even  after  he  was  a  big  boy.  He  did  not  take 
kindly  to  his  mother's  caresses,  and  when  she  petted  him 

he  always  grew  angry  and  said,  "  Don't  pet  me,  I  am  not 

28 


00° 


THE    BAD    INDIAN. 


THE   BAD   INDIAN'S  ASHES  29 

a  baby."  One  day  as  she  petted  him,  he  became  very  cross  as 
was  his  habit,  and  in  his  rage  he  ran  the  arrow-points  of  his 
head  into  her  breast  and  killed  her.  Then  he  took  to  the 
woods,  and  lived  as  an  outlaw  in  the  forest.  He  robbed  all 
who  came  his  way,  until  he  had  a  great  store  of  goods  hidden 
in  a  secret  place.  His  hand  was  against  everybody's,  and 
everybody's  was  against  his. 

Soon  the  tale  of  his  crimes  spread  all  over  the  North 
Pacific  Coast,  and  he  was  held  in  great  fear.  The  Chief  of 
the  people  called  a  meeting  of  his  wise  council  to  decide  what 
should  be  done.  They  resolved  that  he  must  be  killed  and 
the  land  rid  of  his  terrors.  So  they  drew  lots  to  see  who 
should  seek  him  in  the  forest.  The  lot  fell  to  his  uncle — the 
brother  of  his  mother — a  very  brave  man.  And  the  uncle 
set  out  into  the  woods  to  seek  his  wicked  nephew,  who  was 
known  as  "  the  arrow-headed  one." 

The  outlaw  had  found  a  cave  in  the  forest,  and  there 
he  lived  in  security.  He  killed  everybody  who  came  near  it, 
and  he  marked  on  his  spear  a  notch  for  each  one  he  killed. 
In  a  very  short  time  the  notches  on  his  spear  numbered  fifty. 
He  heard  of  the  council  of  the  wise  men  and  of  their  effort  to 
capture  him,  and  that  his  uncle  had  drawn  the  lot  for  the  task. 
He  resolved  to  defend  himself  against  an  attack,  and  he  made 
his  cave  as  strong  as  he  could.  He  thought  that  his  uncle 
would  come  to  the  cave  in  search  of  him. 

But  his  uncle  was  a  very  wise  old   Indian.     He  knew 


30  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

better  than  to  attack  his  nephew's  stronghold.  Instead,  he 
too  selected  a  cave  and  turned  it  into  a  fort.  He  took 
bundles  of  dry  grass  and  leaves,  and  shaped  them  like  men, 
and  stood  them  up  around  his  cave  like  soldiers  always  on 
guard.  And  he  told  all  the  people  of  the  village  to  stay 
in  hiding  until  "the  arrow-headed-one"  was  killed.  Then  he 
waited  alone  in  his  cave. 

For  several  nights  "the  arrow-headed-one"  stayed  in  his 
cave  waiting  for  his  uncle's  attack.  But  no  attack  was  made. 
Then  he  grew  tired  of  waiting,  and  in  a  spirit  of  recklessness 
and  daring  he  resolved  to  attack  his  uncle,  for  he  knew  that 
he  was  in  the  cave  hardby.  He  took  his  spear  and  bow  and 
arrows,  and  went  to  his  uncle's  cave  to  kill  him.  He  took 
with  him  his  helping  evil  spirit  in  the  form  of  a  small  bird 
about  the  size  of  a  robin.  When  he  came  to  the  cave,  he 
thought  that  one  of  the  dummy  grass  men  was  his  uncle  and 
he  hurled  his  spear  at  it.  And  while  he  was  about  it,  his 
uncle,  hidden  behind  a  rock,  shot  a  poisoned  arrow  at  him 
and  wounded  him  so  badly  that  he  fled  back  to  his  own  cave. 
The  small  bird  sucked  the  poison  from  his  wound,  but  the 
wound  left  him  very  weak.  His  uncle  had  followed  in  his 
tracks,  and  soon  came  upon  him.  But  "  the  arrow-headed- 
one,"  tired  out  because  of  his  wound,  had  little  stomach  for  a 
fight,  and  when  his  uncle  entered  the  cave,  he  pleaded  with 
him  not  to  kill  him.  "  Do  not  kill  me,"  he  said,  "  I  have 
a  great  store  of  goods  hidden  in  the  cave.  If  you  spare  me, 


SO  THEY   DREW   LOTS  TO  SEE   WHO  SHOULD  SEEK   HIM    IN  THE   FOREST. 


THE    BAD   INDIAN'S   ASHES  31 

I  will  give  you  all  and  make  you  rich.     And  I  will  never  kill 
another  person." 

But  his  uncle  resolved  to  put  him  to  death  because  he  had 
killed  his  mother  and  had  so  many  notches  on  his  spear.  So 
he  killed  him  and  dragged  his  body  outside  and  burned  it. 
Then  he  went  home.  "  Fear  no  longer,"  he  said  to  the 
villagers,  "'the  arrow-headed-one'  is  dead."  But  the  evil  that 
the  bad  Indian  had  done  lived  after  him.  The  four  winds 
drove  his  ashes  from  the  spot  where  his  body  was  burned. 
The  ashes  blew  everywhere,  and  were  changed  into  the  little 
black  flies  whose  descendants  to-day  torment  people  in  the 
summer  in  the  northern  woods  of  Canada.  And  the  bad 
Indian's  wickedness  still  lives  in  the  black  flies  that  came 
from  his  ashes. 


THE  MERMAID  OF  THE  MAGDALENES 

FAR  off  the  north-east  coast  of  Canada  is  a  group  of 
rugged  islands  called  the  Magdalenes.  They  are  a 
lonely,  barren  group,  where  grass  and  flowers  and 
trees  grow  scantily.  There,  the  northern  storms  rage  with 
their  wildest  fury,  and  the  sea  breaks  with  its  greatest  force 
upon  the  bleak  rocks.  Numberless  birds  of  strange  cries  and 
colours  fly  constantly  about.  On  days  when  the  storm  dashes 
the  sea  white  and  angry  against  the  coast,  even  the  thunder 
of  the  surf  is  almost  shut  out  by  the  screaming  of  countless 
gulls  ;  and  on  clear  days  the  sun  is  hidden  when  the  birds 
rise  in  clouds  from  their  nests.  The  "  Isle  of  Birds,"  the 
Jesuits  called  one  of  the  islands  when  they  first  visited  the 
group  hundreds  of  years  ago,  and  it  is  an  "Isle  of  Birds" 
still.  It  is  a  wild  and  rock-bound  desolate  land. 

But  although  the  islands  are  barren  of  grass  and  flowers 
and  trees,  the  waters  around  and  between  them  are  rich  in 
fish.  "The  Kingdom  of  Fish,1'  men  call  the  place,  for 
adventurous  traders  grow  wealthy  there  reaping  the  harvest 
of  the  sea.  The  greatest  product  of  the  waters  is  the  lobster. 
He  always  inhabited  these  northern  seas,  and  about  his  power 

in  olden  times  strange  tales  are  told.     Away  off  the  coast  of 

32 


'  r^^ 

H     * 

/"« 


•  '  "T.  •••   *   V 


A   MEETING   OF   ALL  THE    FISH    IN   THE   SEA    WAS   CALLED. 


THE    MERMAID   OF   THE    MAGDALENES     33 

one  of  the  islands,  you  can  still  see  on  fine  moonlight  nights 
in  May,  and  also  during  the  day  once  a  year,  a  maiden 
holding  a  glass  in  her  hand,  combing  her  long  hair,  and 
looking  wistfully  to  the  land.  Sometimes,  too,  on  calm 
nights  you  can  still  hear  her  strange  song  above  the  murmur 
of  the  waves.  She  is  the  phantom  lady  of  the  Island  over  whom 
the  Lobster  in  far  away  days  used  his  power.  She  is  now  a 
prisoner  in  the  deep,  held  there  as  a  punishment  for  her  deeds. 

Now,  it  happened  that  long  ago  when  fish  were  first 
canned  for  food  there  was  a  great  slaughter  of  sardines — the 
tiny  fish  of  the  sea — by  cruel  money-greedy  traders  who 
caught  them,  packed  them  in  small  boxes,  and  shipped  them 
to  far  countries,  just  as  they  do  to-day.  These  traders 
received  large  money  rewards  for  their  labour,  for  people  all 
over  the  world  liked  the  little  fish  and  paid  a  high  price  for 
them.  The  sardines  saw  their  number  slowly  growing 
smaller,  for,  being  little,  they  were  helpless  against  their 
captors,  and  among  all  their  family  there  was  great  sorrow. 
In  despair  they  asked  the  big  fish  of  the  sea  to  help  them.  At 
last,  in  answer  to  their  appeal,  a  meeting  of  all  the  fish  in  the 
sea  was  called.  Here  the  big  fish  took  an  oath  to  help  their 
small  cousins  in  their  struggle  with  man,  and  to  punish  when 
they  could  all  who  ate  or  fished  the  sardine  family.  And  the 
little  fish  rejoiced  greatly. 

One  May  day  a  large  ship  loaded  with  packed  fish  was 
wrecked  on  the  sunken  rocks  of  the  Magdalene  Islands. 


D 


34  CANADIAN   WONDER   TALES 

Soon  the  ship  was  broken  up  by  the  heavy  surf  on  the  sharp 
reef,  and  her  cargo  was  strewn  along  the  shore.  It  happened 
that  in  the  cargo  were  many  boxes  of  sardines,  and  they  too 
were  washed  up  on  the  beach  by  the  tide.  In  the  evening, 
after  the  sea  had  calmed,  a  fair  maiden  who  lived  on  the 
Island  with  her  father,  a  fish  trader,  walked  along  the  shore 
alone  to  view  the  wreckage  of  the  broken  ship.  She  found, 
to  her  delight,  one  of  the  boxes  in  which  the  sardines  were 
packed.  She  resolved  at  once  to  eat  the  contents,  for  she  too, 
like  all  the  world  at  that  time,  liked  the  little  fish.  But 
although  she  tried  as  hard  as  she  could,  she  was  unable 
to  open  the  box.  She  sat  by  the  side  of  the  sea  and  sang  a 
song  of  lament,  calling  on  anyone  who  could  to  open  the  box 
for  her.  She  sang  : 

"  I  love  sardines  when  they're  boiled  with  beans 
And  mixed  with  the  sands  of  the  sea." 

Away  out  from  the  beach  a  skate-fish  was  resting  on  a  sand 
bar.  Hearing  the  song  of  the  maiden,  he  quickly  swam 
towards  the  shore.  When  he  came  close  enough  to  hear  the 
words  of  the  song  and  to  know  what  the  box  contained,  he 
swam  away  in  great  disgust,  for  he  was  cousin  to  the  sardines 
in  the  box,  and  came  from  the  same  family  tree  as  they.  But 
he  was  too  timid  to  try  to  punish  the  maiden.  Then  a  bold 
merman  heard  the  song.  He  had  long  looked  for  a  land  wife 
to  live  with  him  in  his  home  under  the  sea ;  now  he  said, 


THE   MERMAID   OF  THE   MAGDALENES     35 

"  Here  at  last  is  a  shore  maiden  for  me,"  for  the  voice  of  the 
singer  was  beautiful  to  him.  So  he  went  to  his  looking-glass 
to  dress  himself  in  the  most  genteel  fashion.  From  bright 
clean  sea-weeds  and  sea-leaves  he  quickly  made  himself  a  new 
suit,  all  green  and  yellow ;  and  he  covered  his  feet  with 
bright-coloured  shells,  and  his  neck  with  pearls  which  the 
oyster  gave  him  ;  and  dressing  himself  carefully,  he  hastened 
in  the  direction  of  the  song.  But  when  he  came  close  enough 
to  hear  the  words  and  to  know  what  the  box  contained,  he 
remembered  his  oath  at  the  great  gathering  of  the  fish,  and 
although  he  loved  the  singer  he  swam  hurriedly  away.  For, 
like  the  skate-fish,  he  too  feared  to  try  to  punish  the  maiden. 
The  maiden  was  now  sore  distressed,  for  it  was  growing 
late  and  the  moon  was  already  far  up  in  the  sky.  The  box 
was  still  unopened,  and  the  girl  was  hungry  for  the  fish. 
Going  to  the  edge  of  the  sea,  she  knocked  the  box  hard 
against  a  large  rock  that  lay  in  the  water,  hoping  thereby  to 
break  it  open.  But  the  box  would  not  break.  Now,  it 
chanced  that  under  the  rock  a  large  black  lobster  lay  sleeping 
quietly  after  a  long  battle  with  an  enemy  in  the  sea.  The 
tapping  on  the  roof  of  his  sleeping-place  awoke  him,  and  he 
rubbed  his  eyes  and  listened.  The  maiden  was  again  singing 
her  song : — 

"  Oh  I  love  sardines  when  they're  boiled  with  beans, 
And  mixed  with  the  sands  of  the  sea. 
I  am  dying  for  some.     Will  nobody  come 
And  open  this  box  for  me  ?  " 


36  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

Then  the  Lobster  remembered  his  oath  at  the  great  gathering 
of  the  fish.  Unlike  the  skate-fish  and  the  merman,  he  had 
no  fear  of  the  maiden,  for  he  knew  his  power.  He  determined 
to  punish  her,  and  he  resolved  at  once  upon  a  crafty  trick. 
He  came  out  of  his  hiding  place,  and  waving  his  claw  politely 
he  said,  "  Fair  lady,  I  can  open  the  box  for  you  ;  give  it  to 
me  and  let  me  try."  But  when,  in  answer,  she  held  the  box 
out  towards  him  in  her  hand,  he  grasped  her  by  the  wrist  with 
his  strong  claw,  and,  holding  her  fast,  he  swam  with  her  far 
out  to  sea.  Where  he  went  and  what  he  did  with  her,  no 
man  knows.  It  is  believed  that  he  sold  her  to  the  merman 
who  had  long  sought  a  shore-wife,  and  that  she  is  still  being 
slowly  changed  into  a  fish.  One  thing  is  certain, — she  never 
came  back  to  land.  But  on  the  first  day  of  May  she  always 
appears  on  the  water  away  off  the  coast  of  the  Island  ;  and  if 
that  day  is  fine  and  clear  you  can  still  always  see  her  there. 
She  holds  in  her  hand  a  looking-glass  in  which  in  the  sun 
light  she  looks  at  herself  to  see  if  she  is  nearer  to  a  fish  than 
she  was  on  May  Day  the  year  before  when  she  last  appeared 
in  the  sun  ;  and  she  is  combing  her  long  hair  which  is  now 
covered  with  pearls ;  and  she  looks  with  longing  eyes  to  the 
shore  and  her  old  home.  And  sometimes  on  moonlight 
nights  in  May,  when  the  wind  is  still  and  the  sea  is 
calm,  the  fishermen  hear  her  strange  sad  song  across  the 
waters.  They  know  then  that  she  is  lonely,  and  that  she  is 
singing  her  song  to  lure  land-comrades  for  company  to 


THE    MERMAID   OF   THE    MAGDALENES     37 

her  side.  And  on  these  nights  they  stay  on  shore,  for 
they  know  that  if  they  venture  out  to  sea  she  will  seize 
them  and  carry  them  off  for  playmates  to  her  home  of  bright 
shells  far  under  the  sea. 


THE   BOY  AND  THE   DANCING   FAIRY 

ENG  ago  two  Indian  boys  lived  in  the  Canadian  forest 
with  their  parents.  One  boy  was  much  older  and 
larger  and  stronger  than  the  other.  He  forced  his 
little  brother  to  do  all  the  hard  work  about  the  place.  He 
stole  from  him  all  the  good  things  his  parents  gave  him  and 
often  he  beat  him  until  he  cried  with  pain.  If  the  little  boy 
told  his  parents  of  his  brother's  cruelty,  his  brother  beat  him 
all  the  harder,  and  the  little  boy  found  that  it  was  more 
to  his  comfort  not  to  complain.  But  at  last  he  could  stand 
the  cruelty  no  longer,  and  he  decided  to  run  away  from  home. 
So  one  morning  he  took  his  bow  and  arrows  and  an  extra 
pair  of  moccasins,  and  set  out  alone  to  seek  his  fortune  and  to 
find  a  kinder  world. 

Although  the  boy  was  small  and  young,  he  could  run 
very  fast.  He  could  run  so  fast  that  when  he  shot  an  arrow 
from  his  bow,  he  could  outstrip  the  arrow  in  its  flight.  So  he 
ran  along  very  quickly,  and  when  night  came  on  he  was  very 
far  from  home.  He  was  lonely  too,  for  he  thought  of  the 
bright  warm  camp  fires  in  the  twilight  at  home,  and  of  his 
father  and  mother,  and  he  wished  he  was  back  again  in  his 

own  soft  bed.     He  was  frightened  too  by  the  strange  noises, 

38 


THE   BOY   AND   THE   DANCING   FAIRY      39 

and  every  sound  startled  him.  At  last  when  he  was  about  to 
cry  in  his  loneliness,  an  old  man  came  along.  The  man  was 
very  old  but  he  had  a  kindly  face,  all  wrinkled  and  weather- 
beaten,  and  twinkling  eyes  that  told  of  a  merry  heart. 
"  Hello,"  he  said  to  the  boy,  "where  are  you  from,  and  where 
are  you  going?"  "I  have  come  a  long  way,"  said  the  boy, 
"  and  I  am  very  tired  and  lonesome  and  far  from  home,  and  I 
don't  know  where  I  am  going.  I  am  looking  for  a  pleasant 
land."  "You  look  like  a  good  boy,"  said  the  old  man  ;  "you 
say  you  have  come  a  long  way,  but  I  have  come  much  farther 
than  you,  and  from  a  very  pleasant  place.  When  I  began  my 
journey  I  was  young  like  you.  I  have  never  stopped,  and 
now  you  see  that  I  am  very  old  and  bent  and  wrinkled,  while 
there  is  not  a  line  in  your  face.  I  have  travelled  a  very  long 
road,  the  road  of  Long  Life."  Then  the  boy  said,  "  I  want  to 
go  to  the  place  you  came  from  since  it  is  pleasant."  But  the 
old  man  answered,  "  You  can  never  reach  it ;  it  is  the  Land  of 
Youth  ;  the  Childhood  Land,  men  call  it,  and  those  who 
leave  it  never  go  back.  It  is  a  land  of  wonderful  sights  and 
sounds  and  dreams.  It  can  be  reached  only  from  the  road 
on  the  other  side ;  you  have  passed  that  road  and  it  is  too 
late  for  you  now  to  go  back  to  it."  Then  they  were  silent  for 
a  long  time,  and  the  boy  looked  at  the  old  man  and  wondered. 
He  saw  that  the  old  man's  shoes  were  worn  out  from  his  long 
journey  and  that  his  feet  were  sore  and  weary.  So  he  gave 
him  the  extra  pair  of  moccasins  he  carried.  The  old  man  was 


40  CANADIAN   WONDER   TALES 

very  thankful.  He  gave  the  boy  a  little  box  he  had  in  his 
pocket  and  he  said,  "  Take  this  box  ;  you  will  find  it  will  help 
you  in  times  of  need,  and  it  will  be  useful  to  you  in  your 
travels.  I  am  near  the  end  of  my  journey,  and  I  shall  need  it 
no  more.  You  have  a  long  journey  before  you."  The  boy 
put  the  box  in  his  pocket  and  lay  down  to  sleep.  Then  the 
old  man  went  on  his  way,  and  the  boy  never  saw  him  again. 

The  next  morning,  before  the  boy  began  his  day's  journey, 
he  wondered  what  was  in  the  box  the  old  man  had  given  him. 
He  took  it  out  and  opened  it.  Inside  was  a  little  man  no 
bigger  than  his  own  thumb,  dancing  as  hard  as  he  could. 
As  soon  as  the  cover  was  opened  and  light  entered  the  box, 
the  little  man  stopped  dancing  and  called  to  the  boy,  "  What 
do  you  want?"  The  boy  knew  then  that  the  old  man  had 
given  him  a  little  fairy  to  help  him  in  his  need.  He  closed 
the  box  and  answered,  "  I  wish  to  be  carried  far  away  to 
a  beautiful  land  where  I  can  get  a  lovely  girl  for  a  comrade, 
for  I  am  very  lonely."  At  once  darkness  came  upon  him  and 
he  slept.  When  he  awoke  he  found  he  had  been  asleep  but  a 
few  seconds,  but  he  was  now  in  a  large  village  in  a  beautiful 
land.  It  was  a  land  of  trees  and  flowers  and  wonderful 
streams,  where  many  birds  were  singing.  He  came  to  a  house 
on  the  border  of  the  village  and  entered  it.  Inside  was  a  very 
old  woman  ;  she  was  the  only  person  in  the  house.  When 
she  saw  the  boy,  she  began  to  cry.  He  asked  her  why  she 
was  weeping.  She  answered,  "  I  know  why  you  have  come 


THAT   NIQHT  WHEN    ALL  THE   VILLAGE   WAS   ASLEEP. 
THE    BOY    WENT   TO   THE    FOOT   OF  THE    MOUNTAIN. 


THE    BOY  AND   THE    DANCING   FAIRY      41 

here.  I  knew  from  a  dream  that  you  were  coming.  You 
have  come  to  seek  a  very  lovely  girl  as  your  wife  and  comrade. 
She  lives  in  the  village.  Her  father  is  very  rich.  He  is 
a  great  Chief.  He  asks  that  each  man  who  seeks  to  win  his 
daughter  must  do  very  hard  and  dangerous  and  impossible 
tasks.  If  they  fail  they  are  put  to  death.  The  girl  has  had 
many  suitors,  but  all  have  failed  to  do  her  father's  tasks  and 
all  have  been  killed.  You  too  will  fail  and  you  will  surely 
die."  Then  the  old  woman  cried  louder  than  before.  But 
the  boy  said,  "  I  can  do  any  task  he  sets  for  me.  He  cannot 
kill  me."  For  the  boy  knew  that  the  dancing  fairy  would 
save  him. 

Soon  the  boy  went  to  the  Chief's  house  to  ask  him  for  his 
lovely  daughter.  The  Chief  told  him  the  conditions  on 
which  she  could  be  won.  He  said  that  all  her  suitors  had  to 
try  to  do  hard  tasks.  If  they  failed  they  were  put  to  death  ; 
the  suitor  who  succeeded  should  win  his  daughter.  The  boy 
agreed  to  do  as  he  wished.  The  Chief  said,  "  The  mountain 
before  my  house  keeps  me  from  seeing  the  sun  in  the  morn 
ings.  You  must  take  it  away  before  you  can  win  my  daughter. 
If  you  fail  you  shall  be  put  to  death."  The  boy  said  he  would 
take  away  the  mountain  that  night,  but  the  Chief  did  not 
think  he  could  do  it. 

That  night  when  all  the  village  was  asleep  the  boy  went 
to  the  foot  of  the  mountain.  It  was  a  high  granite  hill,  with 
great  trees  growing  on  its  top.  The  boy  took  out  his  box 


42  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

and  opened  it.  The  little  fairy  was  dancing  as  hard  as  he 
could,  but  when  he  saw  the  light  he  stopped  and  said,  "What 
do  you  want  ?"  And  the  boy  said,  "  I  want  you  to  take  away 
this  mountain  before  morning."  "  It  shall  be  done,"  said  the 
little  man.  Then  the  boy  closed  the  box  and  lay  down  and 
went  to  sleep.  He  slept  soundly  all  night.  When  he  awoke 
in  the  early  morning  the  mountain  was  gone.  All  around 
was  only  a  level  meadow.  The  sun  was  still  low  in  the 
eastern  sky,  but  all  the  village  could  see  it.  When  the  Chief 
awoke,  he  wondered  greatly.  He  thought  he  had  lost  his 
daughter  at  last.  But  he  decided  to  set  another  hard  task 
for  the  boy  to  do. 

Soon  the  boy  went  to  the  Chief  to  claim  his  bride.  But 
the  Chief  said,  "  You  must  do  another  task  for  me.  Not  far 
away  there  is  a  village  where  my  enemies  live.  They  have 
caused  me  great  trouble.  You  must  destroy  the  village  and 
drive  all  the  people  away  before  you  can  win  my  daughter. 
If  you  fail  to  do  it  to-night,  you  shall  be  put  to  death  to 
morrow."  The  boy  agreed  to  do  as  he  wished.  And  the 
Chief  thought  the  boy  would  surely  be  killed  in  making  the 
attempt. 

That  night  the  boy  set  out  for  the  distant  village.  He 
ran  very  fast  and  soon  reached  the  border  of  it.  Then  he 
took  out  his  box  and  opened  it.  The  fairy  stopped  dancing 
and  said,  "What  do  you  want?"  "I  want  you  to  destroy 
this  village  to-night  and  drive  all  the  people  away,"  said  the 


THE    BOY  AND  THE   DANCING   FAIRY       43 

boy.  "  It  shall  be  done,"  said  the  fairy.  Then  the  boy  closed 
the  box  and  went  to  sleep  under  a  tree.  He  slept  soundly  all 
night.  In  the  morning  when  he  awoke,  there  was  no  village 
in  sight.  All  around  him  was  silence  ;  not  a  sound  of  life 
came  to  him  but  the  sounds  of  the  forest ;  the  village  had 
been  destroyed  in  the  night  and  all  its  people  were  now  far 
away.  Then  the  boy  went  back  and  told  the  Chief  that  he 
had  done  the  deed.  The  Chief  sent  a  messenger  to  see  if  the 
boy  spoke  the  truth,  and  the  messenger  came  back  and  said 
that  the  task  had  been  done.  Then  the  Chief  knew  that  he 
was  beaten.  He  knew  that  the  boy  had  very  great  power 
which  he  could  not  understand,  and  he  said,  "  You  may  take 
my  lovely  daughter."  So  the  boy  took  the  girl  as  his  wife 
and  comrade.  The  Chief  gave  them  a  great  lodge  to  live 
in  and  servants  to  wait  on  them,  and  they  were  very  happy. 

But  their  happiness  was  soon  ended  for  a  time.  One  day 
the  boy  went  away  with  many  others  to  hunt  far  in  the  forest. 
He  put  on  a  hunting  suit,  but  he  forgot  to  take  his  magic 
box  along  with  him.  He  left  it  behind  in  the  pocket  of  his 
coat.  In  the  house  was  a  wicked  servant  who  wanted  the 
boy's  possessions  for  himself.  One  day  he  had  seen  his 
master  opening  the  box  and  talking  to  it.  He  wondered 
what  his  master  meant  and  what  was  in  the  box.  When  his 
master  had  gone  hunting,  the  servant  went  to  hang  up  his 
clothes.  He  found  the  box  in  the  coat  pocket.  He  took  it 
out  and  opened  it.  Inside,  the  little  man  was  dancing  as 


44 

hard  as  he  could.  When  he  saw  the  light,  he  stopped  and 
said,  "What  do  you  want?"  The  servant  knew  that  at  last 
he  had  found  the  secret  of  his  master's  power.  "What  do 
you  want  me  to  do?"  repeated  the  little  man.  The  man 
servant  said,  "  I  want  you  at  once  to  remove  this  house  and 
all  it  contains  to  some  place  far  away."  Then  he  closed  the 
box.  At  once  there  was  darkness,  and  when  light  came  again 
in  a  few  seconds,  the  house  and  all  in  it  were  far  away  in  the 
depths  of  the  forest.  The  servant  was  very  pleased. 

Soon  the  hunters  came  back.  They  had  taken  much 
game.  When  the  boy  came  to  where  his  home  had  been,  he 
found  that  his  house  was  gone,  and  his  wife  and  servants  and 
all  his  possessions  were  gone  with  it.  He  knew  at  once 
what  had  happened.  But  he  knew  how  to  overcome  his 
wicked  servant.  He  took  a  magic  bow  and  arrow  that  his 
mother  had  given  him  before  he  left  his  old  home  long  before. 
Then  he  went  out  and  shot  his  arrow  into  the  woods.  He 
ran  as  fast  as  he  could,  following  the  arrow.  He  ran  so  fast 
that  he  could  follow  it  in  its  flight.  And  he  kept  under  the 
arrow  as  it  sped  on  and  on.  When  the  arrow  dropped  far  in 
the  forest,  the  boy  stopped.  Not  far  in  front  of  him  he  saw 
his  own  house.  He  hid  among  the  trees  until  night  came. 
Then  he  crept  softly  to  the  house.  There  was  not  a  sound. 
Everyone  was  asleep.  He  went  in,  and  there,  sure  enough, 
was  his  coat  hanging  on  a  peg.  He  slipped  it  on,  and  in  the 
pocket  he  found  the  magic  box.  He  opened  it,  and  there 


THE    BOY   AND   THE    DANCING   FAIRY      45 

was  the  little  man  dancing  as  hard  as  he  could.  When  the 
cover  was  lifted,  the  little  man  stopped  and  said,  "What  do 
you  want  ?  "  The  boy  said,  "  I  want  you  at  once  to  take  this 
house  and  all  it  contains  back  to  the  village  where  it  was 
before."  The  little  man  said,  "  It  shall  be  done."  Then  the 
boy  went  to  sleep.  He  awoke  in  the  morning  before  the 
others  were  up,  and  sure  enough  the  house  was  back  in  the 
village.  Then  the  boy  asked  the  little  man  in  the  box  to 
punish  the  wicked  servant.  And  the  servant  was  sent  far 
away  to  be  a  wanderer  on  the  face  of  the  earth ;  and  he 
wanders  about  to  this  day,  and  he  is  always  looking  for  some 
thing  that  never  comes,  and  he  has  always  beautiful  dreams 
that  never  come  true. 

After  that,  the  boy  and  his  wife  lived  happily.  The  boy 
never  again  left  the  box  behind  him ;  he  kept  it  always  with 
him.  And  when  he  wanted  anything,  the  little  fairy  always 
brought  it  to  him.  Soon  the  old  Chief  died,  and  the  boy 
became  Chief  in  his  place.  He  travelled  the  road  of  Long 
Life  over  which  the  wrinkled  old  man  had  come.  When  he 
grew  old,  he  asked  the  fairy  in  the  box  to  bring  him  back  to 
the  Land  of  Youth,  but  that  was  the  one  thing  the  dancing 
fairy  could  not  do.  So  at  the  end  of  the  long  road  the 
old  man  disappeared  over  the  hill  and  left  his  box  behind  him 
with  the  great  deeds  it  had  done. 


THE   MOUSE   AND  THE   SUN 

E^G  before  the  white  men  came  to  Canada,  and  when 
the  animals  ruled  the  earth,  a  little  boy  and  his  sister 
lived  alone  on  the  Canadian  plains.  Their  father  and 
mother  died  when  the  children  were  very  young.  The 
children  had  no  relations,  and  they  were  left  to  look  after 
themselves.  They  lived  many  miles  from  other  people ; 
indeed  they  had  never  seen  any  people  but  their  parents, 
they  lived  so  far  away.  The  boy  was  very  small ;  he  was  no 
bigger  than  a  baby.  The  girl  was  large  and  strong,  and  she 
had  to  provide  food  for  both  of  them  and  do  all  the  work  in 
the  house.  She  had  to  take  care  of  her  little  brother,  and  she 
took  him  with  her  wherever  she  went  so  that  no  harm  would 
come  to  him.  She  made  him  a  bow  and  a  number  of  arrows 
to  play  with.  One  day  in  winter  she  went  out  to  gather 
wood  for  the  fire.  She  took  her  little  brother  with  her.  She 
told  him  to  hide  while  she  walked  farther  on.  She  said, 
"  You  will  soon  see  a  flock  of  snow  birds  passing  near  you  if 
you  watch.  Shoot  one  of  them  and  bring  it  home."  The 
snow  lay  deep  on  the  plains,  and  many  snow  birds  were 
flying  around  looking  for  food.  The  boy  tried  to  shoot  them, 

but  his  aim  was  not  good,  and  he  was  unable  to  hit  any  of 

46 


THE   SNOW    LAY    DEEP   ON   THE    PLAINS.    AND    MANY    SNOW 
BIRDS    WERE    FLYING    AROUND    LOOKING    FOR    FOOD. 


THE   MOUSE   AND   THE   SUN  47 

them.  When  his  sister  came  back  to  him,  he  had  no  bird 
and  he  was  very  much  ashamed.  But  his  sister  said,  "  Never 
mind.  Do  not  be  discouraged.  You  will  have  better  luck 
to-morrow." 

The  next  day  the  girl  took  her  brother  with  her  again 
when  she  went  to  gather  wood.  She  left  him  behind  at  the 
place  where  he  had  hidden  himself  the  day  before.  Again 
the  snow  birds  came  flying  past,  searching  for  food.  The 
boy  shot  several  arrows  at  them,  and  at  last  he  killed  one. 
When  his  sister  came  back  to  him,  he  showed  her  the 
bird.  He  was  pleased  with  his  success,  and  he  said,  "  I  shall 
try  to  kill  one  each  day.  You  must  skin  them  and  when  we 
have  enough  skins,  I  shall  make  a  coat  from  them."  And 
his  sister  promised  to  do  as  he  wished.  Each  day  the  boy 
went  with  his  sister  and  waited  for  the  snow  birds  to  fly  past. 
And  each  day  he  killed  one  and  took  it  home.  They  skinned 
the  birds  and  dried  the  skins.  Soon  the  boy  had  enough 
bird  skins  to  make  a  coat,  for  he  was  very  small.  A  few 
bird  skins  made  his  coat.  His  sister  sewed  the  skins 
together  and  the  boy  put  on  the  coat.  He  was  very  proud 
of  it. 

One  day  the  boy  said  to  his  sister,  "  Sister,  we  are  all 
alone  in  the  world.  We  have  never  seen  any  other  people 
except  our  father  and  mother.  Are  there  any  other  people  on 
the  earth?"  His  sister  told  him  that  she  had  heard  from  her 
mother  that  other  people  lived  far  away  to  the  east  beyond 


48  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

the  mists  of  the  prairie,  and  that  others,  from  whom  his 
mother  had  come,  lived  away  to  the  west  beyond  the  distant 
hills.  The  boy  said,  "  I  should  like  to  see  my  mother's 
people  if  they  are  anywhere  on  the  earth."  So  one  day  when 
his  sister  was  away,  he  put  on  his  bird-skin  coat  and  took  his 
bow  and  arrows  and  set  out  towards  the  distant  hills  to  see 
if  he  could  find  his  mother's  people.  It  was  spring-time  in 
the  north  country.  The  sun  had  melted  the  snow,  and  little 
streams  were  flowing  and  little  blades  of  grass  had  begun  to 
peep  above  the  ground.  But  the  earth  was  soft  and  wet,  and 
the  day  was  hot,  and  warm  winds  blew  over  the  plains.  The 
boy  walked  for  a  long  time.  By  the  time  the  sun  was  high 
up  in  the  sky,  he  was  very  tired  for  he  was  very  small.  He 
came  to  a  dry  knoll  and  lay  down  to  rest.  Soon  he  fell 
asleep.  As  he  slept,  the  sun  beat  down  upon  him.  It  was 
so  hot  that  it  singed  his  bird-skin  coat ;  then  the  coat  shrank 
and  shrank  in  the  heat  until  it  was  only  a  small  patch  on  his 
back.  When  he  awoke  and  stretched  himself,  he  burst  his 
coat  in  many  places,  it  had  grown  so  tight.  He  was  very 
cross  when  he  saw  how  the  sun  had  ruined  his  coat.  He 
shook  his  fist  at  the  sun  and  said,  "I  will  have  vengeance ; 
you  need  not  think  you  are  too  high  to  escape  me.  I  will 
punish  you  yet."  He  decided  that  without  his  coat  he  could 
not  go  any  farther  to  seek  his  mother's  people,  and  at  evening 
he  returned  home. 

When  he  reached  home,  he  showed  his  sister  his  ruined 


"l    SHOULD   LIKE   TO  SEE    MY    MOTHER'S    PEOPLE. 


THE   MOUSE   AND  THE   SUN  49 

coat.  He  was  very  sad,  and  for  weeks  he  would  scarcely  eat 
a  bite.  And  all  the  time  he  spoke  bitterly  of  the  sun.  His 
sister  tried  to  comfort  him.  She  told  him  that  next  winter 
when  the  snow  birds  came  flying  south  again,  he  could  kill 
more  of  them  and  she  would  make  him  another  coat.  But  for 
a  long  time  he  would  not  be  comforted.  At  last  he  roused 
himself.  He  asked  his  sister  to  make  him  a  snare,  for  he 
was  going  to  catch  the  sun.  She  made  him  a  snare  from  a 
buffalo-hide  cord,  but  he  told  her  that  it  would  not  do.  Then 
she  cut  off  some  of  her  long  black  hair,  and  from  it  she  made 
a  braided  noose.  The  boy  said  that  it  would  do  very  well. 
Then  he  set  out  to  catch  the  sun.  He  travelled  many  days 
until  he  came  to  the  Great  Water  in  the  East.  It  was 
summer  in  the  north  country,  and  the  sun  rose  early.  The 
boy  placed  his  snare  just  where  the  sun  would  strike  the  land 
when  he  rose  at  dawn  out  of  the  sea,  and  he  watched  from  a 
distance.  Sure  enough,  in  the  morning  just  as  the  sun  rose 
out  of  the  sea  and  came  above  the  earth,  he  was  caught  in  the 
snare  and  held  fast.  The  sun  could  not  rise ;  he  was  held 
fast  to  the  earth.  The  boy  was  quite  pleased  with  his  success. 
"  Now,"  he  said,  "  I  have  punished  the  sun  for  ruining  my 
bird-skin  coat."  And  he  returned  to  his  home  on  the  plains. 
That  day  there  was  no  light  upon  the  earth.  It  was 
twilight  in  all  the  land.  The  animals  were  in  great  fear  and 
wonder.  The  birds  fled  to  their  nests,  and  only  the  owl  came 
out  to  look  for  food.  At  last  the  animals  and  the  birds  called 


50  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

a  council  to  see  what  they  could  do.  They  found  that  the 
sun  was  tied  to  the  earth  by  a  snare.  They  decided  that 
some  one  must  go  up  close  to  the  sun  and  cut  the  cord  that 
held  him.  It  was  a  very  dangerous  task,  for  the  heat  was 
very  great  and  any  one  who  tried  to  cut  the  cord  would 
perhaps  be  burned  to  death.  So  they  drew  lots  to  see  who 
should  go.  The  lot  fell  to  Woodpecker.  And  Woodpecker 
went  up  and  picked  at  the  cord  with  his  bill.  He  tried  hard 
to  cut  it,  but  it  was  a  strong  braid  of  woman's  hair  and 
it  could  not  be  cut  easily.  Woodpecker  picked  and  picked  at 
it  for  a  long  time.  At  last  his  head  was  so  badly  burned 
that  he  could  stand  the  heat  no  longer  and  he  had  to  fly  away 
without  cutting  the  cord.  His  head  was  red  from  the  great 
heat.  And  ever  since,  poor  Woodpecker  has  had  a  red  head 
because  the  sun  singed  him  when  he  tried  to  set  him  free. 

Then  the  animals  called  for  a  volunteer  to  undertake  the 
task  of  cutting  the  snare.  Mouse  was  at  that  time  the  largest 
and  strongest  animal  in  the  world,  and  he  thought  that 
because  of  his  great  strength,  it  was  his  duty  to  attempt  the 
hard  and  dangerous  task.  So  he  set  out.  When  he  reached 
the  snare,  he  tried  to  cut  the  cord  with  his  teeth,  but  the  cord 
was  strong  and  could  not  be  cut  easily.  The  heat  was  very 
great.  Mouse  would  have  run  away,  but  he  was  so  big  and 
strong  that  he  was  ashamed  to  leave  the  task,  for  he  thought 
that  the  smaller  animals  would  laugh  at  him.  So  he  stuck  to 
his  work  and  sawed  the  cord  with  his  teeth,  one  hair  at 


THE   MOUSE   AND  THE   SUN  51 

a  time.  Soon  his  back  began  to  burn  and  scorch  and  smoke. 
But  he  stuck  to  his  task.  Then  he  began  to  melt  away 
because  of  the  great  heat,  and  the  whole  top  of  his  body  was 
burned  to  ashes.  But  still  he  stuck  to  his  task  for  a  long 
time,  cutting  hair  after  hair.  Finally  he  cut  the  last  hair ; 
the  snare  parted,  and  the  sun  was  at  last  free  to  continue  his 
day's  journey  and  give  light  to  the  world.  And  the  animals 
and  birds  rejoiced  greatly  over  the  success  of  Mouse. 
But  poor  Mouse  had  melted  almost  entirely  away  in  the  great 
heat.  When  he  went  up  to  the  snare,  he  was  the  largest 
animal  in  the  world  ;  when  he  came  down,  he  was  the  smallest. 
And  his  back  was  burned  to  ashes.  And  ever  since,  Mouse 
has  been  the  smallest  animal  in  the  world,  and  his  coat  has 
always  been  the  colour  of  gray  ashes,  because  he  was  scorched 
when  freeing  the  sun  from  a  snare  in  the  old  days. 


GLOOSKAPS   COUNTRY 

IN  far  back  times  many  centuries  before  the  white  men 
came  from  Europe  to  live  in  the  New  World,  Eastern 
Canada  was  inhabited  by  Indians.  They  were  a  mighty 
race,  great  in  size  and  strong  in  battle.  Their  descendants 
live  in  certain  of  these  parts  still,  dwelling  in  settlements  of 
their  own  apart  from  the  white  folk.  You  may  still  see  them 
in  their  strange  tents  or  wigwams,  making  arrows  and  baskets 
and  garden-seats.  Some  of  them  are  still  fleet  of  foot  and 
can  run  many  miles  without  tiring.  But  their  real  great 
ness  has  long  since  gone.  They  have  grown  smaller  in  size, 
and  they  are  no  longer  powerful  as  in  the  old  days.  In 
early  times  they  were  called  the  Children  of  Light,  for  of 
all  the  people  in  America  they  dwelt  nearest  to  the  sun-rise. 
Their  great  lord  and  creator  was  Glooskap.  Where  he  was 
himself  born,  and  when,  no  man  knows.  From  the  place  of 
his  birth  he  sailed  across  the  sea  in  a  great  stone  canoe  to  the 
part  of  America  nearest  to  the  rising  sun.  He  landed  on  the 
eastern  shores  of  Canada.  Far  out  he  anchored  his  canoe 
and  it  was  so  large  that  it  became  an  island,  and  great  trees 
grew  upon  it.  When  he  needed  it,  it  was  always  ready  to  do 
his  bidding,  but  it  always  became  an  island  when  it  was  not 

52 


GLOOSKAP'S   COUNTRY  53 

in  use.  On  the  shore  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  Glooskap  dwelt 
many  years — ages  and  ages — until  one  day  he  sailed  away  to 
the  hunting  grounds  of  his  fathers  far  over  the  sea. 

About  Glooskap's  work  many  strange  tales  are  told.  From 
his  birth  and  throughout  his  long  life  his  deeds  were  very 
wonderful.  He  was  one  of  twin  brothers,  the  other  being 
Wolf  the  son  of  Wickedness.  Glooskap  was  the  son  of 
Goodness.  Their  mother  died  at  their  birth  and  the  two 
children  were  left  alone.  Both  had  magic  power  which  could 
keep  them  from  harm,  and  death  could  not  come  to  them 
except  in  one  way.  Glooskap  could  be  killed  only  by  a 
flowering  rush,  and  Wolf  only  by  a  fern  root ;  and  each  alone 
knew  the  secret  of  his  own  death.  Now  it  was  known  before 
Glooskap's  birth  that  he  should  become  the  Lord  of  the  Land 
of  the  Rising  Sun  in  Canada.  But  Beaver  and  Squirrel 
who  were  great  in  those  days — and  even  before  his  coming — 
were  jealous  of  his  power  when  he  arrived,  for  they  them 
selves  wished  to  rule  the  land.  They  tempted  Wolf  to  kill 
his  brother,  and  he  being  the  son  of  Wickedness  would  have 
been  glad  of  the  chance,  but  he  did  not  know  the  secret  of  his 
brother's  death.  One  night  of  bright  starlight,  Beaver  hiding 
stealthily  among  the  trees  as  was  his  custom,  heard  Glooskap 
boasting  to  the  stars  about  his  charmed  life;  he  could  trust  the 
stars,  and  he  told  them  that  he  could  be  killed  only  by  means 
of  a  flowering  rush.  Then  Beaver  hurried  away  to  Wolf ;  he 
told  him  that  he  knew  the  secret  of  Glooskap's  death  and 


54  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

that  he  would  tell  it  if  Wolf  would  give  him  what  he  wished. 
To  this  Wolf  agreed  and  Beaver  told  him  what  he  had  heard 
Glooskap  say  to  the  stars.  "  What  do  you  want  in  return  for 
the  secret?"  asked  Wolf.  "Wings  like  a  pigeon,"  answered 
Beaver.  But  Wolf  said,  "  You  have  a  tail  like  a  file  ;  what 
could  you  do  with  wings  like  a  pigeon?"  And  he  laughed  at 
him  scornfully  and  would  not  grant  him  his  wish  as  he  had 
promised.  Thereupon  Beaver  was  very  cross  and  resolved  to 
have  vengeance  on  Wolf.  He  went  quickly  to  Glooskap  and 
told  him  that  Wolf  knew  the  secret  of  his  death  and  that  he 
had  better  be  on  his  guard.  The  next  night  Glooskap  hid 
himself  among  the  trees  near  to  Wolf's  tent.  He  heard  Wolf 
boasting  to  the  stars  about  his  charmed  life,  and  telling  them 
the  secret  of  his  death, — that  he  could  be  killed  only  by  a  fern 
root.  And  Glooskap,  fearing  for  his  own  life,  for  he  had  no 
faith  in  the  love  of  Wolf  the  son  of  Wickedness,  at  once 
slew  his  brother  with  a  fern  root.  Then  he  changed  him 
into  a  mountain,  where  he  sleeps  to  this  day  like  a  huge  hill. 
Glooskap  then  ruled  the  country  alone.  But  soon  he  grew 
lonely  without  companions  and  he  decided  to  people  his  land. 
He  first  made  the  Fairies  and  the  Elves,  and  sent  them  to 
dwell  in  the  meadows  and  tiny  streams  and  among  the  hills 
and  caves.  Then  he  took  his  bow  and  arrows,  and  for  many 
days  he  shot  at  the  ash  trees  in  the  forest.  And  out  of  the 
bark  of  the  trees  at  which  he  shot  there  came  first  men  whom 
he  called  Indians,  the  Children  of  Light.  Then  came  the 


GLOOSKAP'S   COUNTRY  55 

animals — all  that  had  not  before  lived  in  his  land — and  the 
birds  of  the  air  and  the  fish  of  the  sea,  and  he  gave  them  each 
a  name.  At  first  all  the  animals  were  very  large,  so  large  that 
the  head  of  the  deer  could  touch  the  tops  of  the  tallest  pines. 
Even  Squirrel  could  tear  down  the  largest  trees  in  the  forest. 
One  day  Glooskap  called  all  the  animals  to  him  to  learn  if 
they  were  friendly  to  his  people.  And  he  said  to  Bear, 
"What  would  you  do  if  you  should  meet  a  man?"  And 
Bear  answered,  "  I  should  eat  him  up."  And  Glooskap  sent 
Bear  away  to  the  Northland,  far  from  the  dwellings  of  men, 
to  live  on  fish  from  the  frozen  sea.  And  he  said  to  Squirrel, 
"What  would  you  do  if  you  should  meet  a  man?"  And 
Squirrel  answered,  "  I  should  tear  down  trees  on  his  head." 
And  Glooskap,  fearing  for  his  men  because  of  the  strength  of 
the  animals,  decided  to  make  the  animals  smaller.  So  he 
took  Squirrel  and  smoothed  his  back  with  his  hand  for  a  whole 
day,  until  he  became  very  small  as  he  is  now,  and  he  made 
him  carry  his  tail  on  his  back  that  he  might  thereby  use  up 
some  of  his  strength  ;  but  Squirrel  still  scratches  as  in  the 
old  days. 

Glooskap  made  all  the  animals  smaller  and  weaker  than 
they  were  when  they  were  first  created.  He  gave  his  people 
power  over  them,  so  that  the  greatest  and  strongest  of  all  his 
creatures  was  man.  The  animals  became  his  friends  and  the 
friends  of  his  people  ;  they  could  talk  like  men  and  they  often 

spoke  to  them,  and  they  were  eager  to  obey  Glooskap  and  to 


56  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

help  him  in  his  work.  Two  great  wolves  became  his  dogs ; 
he  could  change  their  size  and  make  them  kind  or  cruel  as  he 
willed.  They  guarded  his  tent  by  day  and  night  and  always 
followed  him  about,  even  swimming  behind  him  when  he 
went  far  away  over  the  sea.  The  Loons  of  the  beach  became 
his  messengers,  and  one  of  them — old  Tatler — became  his 
chief  tale-bearer.  They  always  brought  him  news  from  other 
lands  over  the  water  and  they  also  kept  him  well  informed 
about  the  deeds  of  his  own  people,  telling  him  who  were 
good  and  who  were  evil.  Fox  too  brought  him  tales  from 
places  deep  in  the  forest,  and  was  one  of  his  most  trusted 
friends.  The  Rabbits  became  the  guides  of  men  ;  one  of 
them — old  Bunny — was  his  scout  of  the  woods,  and  those 
who  followed  him  never  lost  their  way.  The  Partridge  built 
boats  for  men  and  animals,  until  because  of  the  bird's 
stupidity,  Glooskap  took  away  his  power.  The  Whale  became 
his  carrier,  and  old  Blob  the  whale  came  quickly  to  his  call 
and  carried  him  on  her  back  when  he  wished  to  go  far  over 
the  sea.  The  Great  Eagle  made  the  winds  for  him ;  when 
she  moved  her  wings  the  winds  blew ;  she  could  make  them 
great  or  gentle  as  Glooskap  commanded,  and  when  Glooskap 
tied  her  wings,  the  winds  were  still.  Each  animal  and  bird 
had  special  work  to  do. 

Glooskap' s  only  enemies  were  Beaver  and  Badger  and 
Bull  Frog.  These  always  plotted  against  him  and  tried  to 
destroy  his  power  by  stirring  up  strife  among  his  people. 


THE   GREAT  EAGLE   MADE  THE  WINDS   FOR    HIM. 


GLOOSKAFS   COUNTRY  57 

At  last  he  could  be  patient  with  them  no  longer,  and  he  re 
solved  to  drive  Beaver  away.  One  day  when  Beaver  watched 
him  from  a  distance,  Glooskap  scooped  up  great  handfuls  of 
earth  and  stones  and  threw  them  in  anger  at  his  enemy,  and 
Beaver  in  great  fear  because  of  Glooskap's  great  power,  fled 
far  away.  The  earth  that  Glooskap  threw  fell  into  the  ocean 
and  became  islands.  The  spot  from  which  Glooskap  had 
taken  the  earth  became  a  beautiful  bay.  To  the  shores  of 
this  bay  Glooskap  moved  his  tent,  and  lived  there  until  he 
left  the  earth.  When  Beaver  went  away,  he  built  a  dam  from 
a  high  place  on  the  south  to  the  shore  on  the  north,  and  he 
thought  to  live  there  in  comfort.  But  the  dam  caused  the 
high  tides  of  the  sea  to  overflow  the  valley,  and  it  was  a 
constant  source  of  trouble  and  fear  to  the  people  who  lived 
near  it.  Thereupon  Glooskap  in  anger  one  day  broke  the 
dam  and  pushed  part  of  it  out  into  the  sea.  The  broken  part 
which  he  moved  out  became  a  cape  stretching  into  the  ocean, 
and  there  you  may  see  it  to  this  day.  Then  Beaver,  knowing 
that  Glooskap  was  more  powerful  than  he,  troubled  him  openly 
no  more,  but  frequently  by  stealth  he  tried  to  do  him  harm. 

When  Bull  Frog  was  first  created,  he  was  given  power 
over  all  the  fresh-water  streams  in  the  land.  He  dwelt  in 
the  stream  from  which  Glooskap's  people  took  water  for 
their  use, — for  drinking  and  cooking.  But  he  too  proved 
false  to  Glooskap,  and  grew  vain  of  his  own  great  power. 
Once,  that  he  might  show  his  skill  and  win  a  great  reputation 


58  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

among  men,  he  dried  up  the  water  in  the  stream  until  only 
the  mud  remained.  The  people  thirsted  without  fresh  water, 
and  were  much  distressed,  and  at  last  they  complained  to 
Glooskap.  Glooskap  told  them  not  to  worry,  for  he  would 
soon  set  things  right.  That  he  might  make  sure  of  Bull 
Frog's  treachery  he  went  himself  to  the  bank  of  the  stream, 
and  there  he  asked  a  boy  to  bring  him  water  to  drink.  The 
boy  searched  for  water  for  a  whole  day,  while  Glooskap  sat  on 
a  log  and  silently  smoked  his  pipe.  At  last  the  boy  came 
back  bringing  only  a  small  cup,  no  larger  than  a  thimble,  filled 
with  dirty  water,  and  said  it  was  all  the  water  he  could  get. 

Glooskap  knew  then  that  his  people  had  told  him  the 
truth  about  Bull  Frog's  wickedness.  In  great  anger  he  went 
himself  to  the  mud  where  Bull  Frog  dwelt  and  asked  for 
water.  But  Bull  Frog  stubbornly  refused  to  let  the  water 
come  forth.  Then  Glooskap  grasped  Bull  Frog  with  a  mighty 
grip  and  squeezed  him  tight  until  he  crumpled  his  back  and 
made  him  soft.  With  great  force  he  hurled  him  far  out  into 
the  mud,  and  said,  "Henceforth  you  shall  live  in  dirty  water  ; 
and  you  shall  always  croak  with  a  dry  throat,  as  a  punishment 
for  your  sins."  Then  with  his  own  magic  power  he  brought 
forth  water  so  that  the  stream  flowed  again,  and  the  people 
all  rejoiced.  He  promised  that  never  again  should  any  crea 
ture  have  power  to  dry  up  the  streams.  And  since  that  time 
Bull  Frog  has  lived  in  muddy  pools ;  he  still  croaks,  for  his 
throat  is  always  dry,  and  to  this  day  his  back  is  wrinkled  and 


GLOOSKAFS   COUNTRY  59 

crumpled  and  bears  the  marks  of  Glooskap's  mighty  fingers. 
And  since  that  day  the  supply  of  clear  fresh  water  has  never 
failed  in  the  country  and  the  streams  have  never  dried  up. 

Glooskap  was  always  kind  to  his  people.  He  taught  the 
men  how  to  hunt  and  how  to  build  huts  and  canoes.  He 
taught  them  what  plants  were  good  to  eat,  and  he  told  them 
the  names  of  all  the  stars.  But  he  did  not  dwell  among  his 
men.  He  dwelt  apart  from  them  in  a  great  tent,  but  when 
they  sought  him  they  always  found  him.  He  never  married 
as  they  did.  There  dwelt  with  him  as  his  housekeeper  a  very 
wise  old  woman  ;  her  name  was  Dame  Bear,  but  Glooskap 
called  her  always  "  grandmother."  With  him  too  there  lived 
a  little  boy  whom  Glooskap  always  called  "little  brother." 
And  Glooskap  gave  him  a  magic  root  from  the  forest  by  the 
use  of  which  he  could  change  his  shape  into  various  forms. 
Whether  or  not  Dame  Bear  was  really  his  grandmother  or  the 
little  boy  his  brother,  no  man  knows.  But  both  lived  with 
him  until  his  death. 

Glooskap  and  Dame  Bear  and  the  little  boy  lived  together 
for  many  ages.  Glooskap  had  a  magic  belt  which  gave  him 
power  over  sickness  and  hunger  and  danger  and  death.  And 
anyone  on  whom  it  was  placed  was  given  the  same  strange 
power.  And  while  Glooskap  was  with  them,  his  people  lived 
very  happily.  They  never  wanted  for  food  or  clothing.  For 
Glooskap  was  kind  to  his  people  and  wished  them  to  be 
contented  and  at  peace. 


WHEN  Glooskap  first  created  the  animals  in  Canada, 
he  took  good  care  that  they  should  all  be  friendly 
to  himself  and  to  his  people.  They  could  all  talk 
like  men,  and  like  them  they  had  one  common  speech.  Each 
had  a  special  duty  to  do  for  Glooskap,  and  each  did  his  best 
to  help  him  in  his  work.  Of  all  the  animals,  the  gentlest 
and  most  faithful  was  Bunny  the  Rabbit.  Now,  in  those 
first  days  of  his  life,  Rabbit  was  a  very  beautiful  animal, 
more  beautiful  than  he  is  to-day.  He  had  a  very  long  bushy 
tail  like  a  fox ;  he  always  wore  a  thick  brown  coat ;  his  body 
was  large  and  round  and  sleek ;  his  legs  were  straight  and 
strong  ;  he  walked  and  ran  like  other  animals  and  did  not  hop 
and  jump  about  as  he  does  now.  He  was  always  very  polite 
and  kind  of  heart.  Because  of  his  beauty  and  his  good  quali 
ties,  Glooskap  chose  him  as  his  forest  guide,  his  Scout  of  the 
Woods.  He  gave  him  power  that  enabled  him  to  know  well 
all  the  land,  so  that  he  could  lead  people  and  all  the  other 
animals  wherever  they  wished  to  go  without  losing  their  way. 
One  day  in  the  springtime  it  chanced  that  Bunny  sat 
alone  on  a  log  in  the  forest,  his  long  bushy  tail  trailing  far 
behind  him.  He  had  just  come  back  from  a  long  scouting 


HOW   RABBIT   LOST   HIS   TAIL  61 

tour  and  he  was  very  tired.  As  he  sat  resting  in  the  sun, 
an  Indian  came  along.  The  Indian  was  weary  and  stained 
with  much  travel,  and  he  looked  like  a  wayfarer  who  had 
come  far.  He  threw  himself  on  the  ground  close  to  the  log 
on  which  Rabbit  sat  and  began  to  weep  bitterly.  Bunny  with 
his  usual  kindness  asked,  "Why  do  you  weep  ?  "  And  the  man 
answered,  "  I  have  lost  my  way  in  the  forest.  I  am  on  my  way 
to  marry  this  afternoon  a  beautiful  girl  whom  her  father  pledged 
to  me  long  ago.  She  is  loved  by  a  wicked  forest  Fairy  and  I 
have  heard  that  perhaps  she  loves  him.  And  I  know  that  if 
I  am  late  she  will  refuse  to  wait  for  me  and  that  she  will 
marry  him  instead."  But  Rabbit  said  :  "  Have  no  fear.  I 
am  Bunny,  Glooskap's  forest  guide.  I  will  show  you  the  way 
and  bring  you  to  the  wedding  in  good  time."  The  man 
was  comforted  and  his  spirits  rose,  and  they  talked  some  time 
together  and  became  good  friends. 

When  the  man  had  somewhat  got  back  his  strength, 
they  began  their  journey  to  the  wedding.  But  Rabbit,  being 
nimble-footed,  ran  fast  and  was  soon  so  far  in  advance  of  his 
companion  that  he  was  lost  to  view.  The  man  followed 
slowly,  catching  here  and  there  through  the  green  trees  a 
glimpse  of  his  guide's  brown  coat.  As  he  stumbled  along, 
thinking  of  his  troubles,  he  fell  into  a  deep  pit  that  lay  close  to 
the  forest  path.  He  was  too  weak  to  climb  out,  and  he  called 
loudly  for  help.  Bunny  soon  missed  his  follower,  but  he 
heard  the  man's  yells,  and  turning  about,  he  ran  back  to  the 


62  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

pit.  "  Have  no  fear,"  said  Rabbit  as  he  looked  over  the  edge, 
"  I  will  get  you  out  without  mishap."  Then,  turning  his  back 
to  the  pit,  he  let  his  long  bushy  tail  hang  to  the  bottom. 
"Catch  hold  of  my  tail,"  he  ordered,  "hold  on  tight  and  I 
will  pull  you  out."  The  man  did  as  he  was  told.  Rabbit 
sprang  forward,  but  as  he  jumped,  the  weight  of  the  man,  who 
was  very  heavy,  was  more  than  he  could  bear,  and  poor 
Bunny's  tail  broke  off  within  an  inch  of  the  root.  The  man 
fell  back  into  the  pit  with  a  thud,  holding  in  his  hand  poor 
Rabbit's  tail.  But  Bunny  in  all  his  work  as  a  guide  had 
never  known  defeat,  and  he  determined  not  to  know  it  now. 
Holding  to  a  strong  tree  with  his  front  feet,  he  put  his  hind 
legs  into  the  pit  and  said  to  the  man,  "  Take  hold  of  my  legs 
and  hang  on  tight."  The  man  did  as  he  was  told.  Then 
Rabbit  pulled  and  pulled  until  his  hind  legs  stretched  and  he 
feared  that  they  too  would  break  off ;  but  although  the  weight 
on  them  was  great,  he  finally  pulled  the  man  out  after  great 
difficulty.  He  found  to  his  dismay  that  his  hind  legs  had 
lengthened  greatly  because  of  their  heavy  load.  He  was  no 
longer  able  to  walk  straight,  but  he  now  had  to  hop  along 
with  a  strange  jumping  gait.  Even  his  body  was  much 
stretched,  and  his  waist  had  become  very  slender  because  of 
his  long  heavy  pull.  The  two  travellers  then  went  on  their 
way,  Bunny  hopping  along,  and  the  man  moving  more 
cautiously. 

Finally,   they   reached   the   end   of   their  journey.      The 


THE    PEOPLE   WERE   ALL  GATHERED    FOR   THE   WEDDING. 


HOW   RABBIT   LOST    HIS   TAIL  63 

people  were  all  gathered  for  the  wedding,  and  eagerly  awaiting 
the  coming  of  the  bridegroom.  Sure  enough,  the  forest  Fairy 
was  there,  trying  by  his  tricks  to  win  the  girl  for  himself. 
But  the  man  was  in  good  time,  and  he  married  the  maiden  as 
he  had  hoped.  As  he  was  very  thankful  to  Bunny,  he  asked 
him  to  the  marriage  dance  and  told  him  he  might  dance  with 
the  bride.  So  Rabbit  put  rings  on  his  heels  and  a  bangle 
around  his  neck,  after  his  usual  custom  at  weddings,  and 
joined  the  merry-makers.  Through  the  forest  green  where 
they  danced  many  tiny  streams  were  flowing,  and  to  the  soft 
music  of  these  the  dance  went  on.  As  the  bride  jumped 
across  one  of  these  streams  during  her  dance  with  Bunny,  she 
accidentally  let  the  end  of  her  dress  drop  into  the  water  so 
that  it  got  very  wet.  When  she  moved  again  into  the  sun, 
her  dress,  because  of  its  wetting,  shrank  and  shrank  until  it 
reached  her  knees  and  made  her  much  ashamed.  But  Rabbit's 
heart  was  touched  as  usual  by  her  plight ;  he  ran  quickly  and 
got  a  deer  skin  that  he  knew  to  be  hidden  in  the  trees  not  far 
away,  and  he  wrapped  the  pretty  skin  around  the  bride.  Then 
he  twisted  a  cord  with  which  to  tie  it  on.  He  held  one  end 
of  the  cord  in  his  teeth  and  twisted  the  other  end  with 
his  front  paws.  But  in  his  haste,  he  held  it  so  tight  and 
twisted  it  so  hard  that  when  a  couple  waltzing  past  carelessly 
bumped  into  him  the  cord  split  his  upper  lip  right  up  to  the 
nose.  But  Rabbit  was  not  dismayed  by  his  split  lip.  He 
fastened  on  the  bride's  new  deer-skin  gown,  and  then  he 


64  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

danced  all  the  evening  until  the  moon  was  far  up  in  the  sky. 
Before  he  went  away,  the  man  and  his  bride  wanted  to  pay 
him  for  his  work,  but  he  would  not  take  payment.  Then  the 
bride  gave  him  a  new  white  fur  coat  and  said,  "  In  winter 
wear  this  white  coat ;  it  is  the  colour  of  snow ;  your  enemies 
cannot  then  see  you  so  plainly  against  the  white  ground,  and 
they  cannot  so  easily  do  you  harm  ;  but  in  summer  wear  your 
old  brown  coat,  the  colour  of  the  leaves  and  grass."  And 
Bunny  gratefully  took  the  coat  and  went  his  way. 

He  lingered  many  days  in  the  new  country,  for  he  was 
ashamed  to  go  back  to  his  own  people  with  his  changed 
appearance.  His  lip  was  split ;  his  tail  was  gone,  and  his 
hind  legs  were  stretched  and  crooked.  Finally,  he  mustered 
up  his  courage  and  returned  home.  His  old  friends  wondered 
much  at  his  changed  looks,  and  some  of  them  were  cruel 
enough  to  laugh  at  him.  But  Bunny  deceived  them  all. 
When  they  asked  him  where  he  had  been  so  long,  he  answered, 
"  I  guided  a  man  to  a  far-off  land  which  you  have  never  seen 
and  of  which  you  have  never  heard."  Then  he  told  them 
many  strange  tales  of  its  beauty  and  its  good  people. 

"  How  did  you  lose  your  fine  tail  ?  "  they  asked.  And  he 
answered,  "  In  the  land  to  which  I  have  been,  the  animals 
wear  no  tails.  It  is  an  aristocratic  country,  and  wishing  to 
be  in  the  fashion,  I  cut  mine  off." 

"  And  why  is  your  waist  so  slender  ? "  they  asked.  "  Oh," 
replied  Bunny,  "  in  that  country  it  is  not  the  fashion  to  be 


HOW   RABBIT   LOST   HIS   TAIL  65 

fat,  and  I  took  great  trouble  to  make  my  waist  slight  and 
willowy."  "Why  do  you  hop  about,"  they  asked,  "when  you 
once  walked  so  straight?"  "  In  that  land,"  answered  Bunny, 
"it  is  not  genteel  to  walk  straight ;  only  the  vulgar  and  un 
trained  do  that.  The  best  people  have  a  walk  of  their  own, 
and  it  took  me  many  days  under  a  good  walking-teacher  to 
learn  it." 

"But  how  did  you  split  your  upper  lip?"  they  asked 
finally.  "  In  the  land  to  which  I  have  been,"  said  Bunny, 
"  the  people  do  not  eat  as  we  do.  There  they  eat  with  knives 
and  forks  and  not  with  their  paws.  I  found  it  hard  to  get 
used  to  their  new  ways.  One  day  I  put  food  into  my  mouth 
with  my  knife — a  very  vulgar  act  in  that  land — and  my  knife 
slipped  and  cut  my  lip,  and  the  wound  has  never  healed." 

And  being  deceived  and  envying  Bunny  because  of  the 
wonders  he  had  seen,  they  asked  him  no  more  questions. 
But  the  descendants  of  Rabbit  to  this  day  wear  a  white  coat 
in  winter  and  a  brown  one  in  summer.  They  have  also  a 
split  upper  lip  ;  their  waist  is  still  very  slender  ;  they  have  no 
tail  ;  their  hind  legs  are  longer  than  their  front  ones ;  they 
hop  and  jump  nimbly  about,  but  they  are  unable  to  walk 
straight.  And  all  these  strange  things  are  a  result  of  old 
Bunny's  accident  at  the  man's  wedding  long  ago. 


THE   PARTRIDGE   AND   HIS   DRUM 

IN  far  back  times  when  only  Indians  dwelt  in  Canada, 
Glooskap,  who  was  Lord  and  Master  of  the  tribes, 
chose  Partridge  from  among  all  his  creatures  to  be  the 
boat-builder  for  the  birds  of  the  sea.  Partridge  was  then  a  very 
wonderful  bird,  very  different  from  what  he  is  to-day.  He 
dwelt  always  along  the  ocean  shore,  on  the  banks  of  great 
rivers,  and  he  could  swim  like  a  duck  or  a  gull.  He  could 
change  his  shape  to  that  of  a  man.  He  knew  all  the  country 
well,  and  often  he  wandered  far  through  the  woods  looking 
for  good  trees  from  which  to  build  his  boats.  Among  all  the 
people  he  was  held  in  high  regard  because  of  his  skill.  He 
was  always  industrious  and  always  busy,  and  at  all  hours  of 
the  day  and  late  into  the  night,  he  could  be  heard  hammering 
at  his  canoes,  making  a  sound  like  a  man  tapping  quickly  on 
a  drum.  But  he  lost  his  reputation  through  no  fault  of  his 
own.  He  no  longer  builds  boats  ;  the  power  to  make  the 
strange  sound  of  his  hammering  is  all  that  remains  with  him 
of  his  former  greatness. 

It  happened  that  one  very  cold  day  Partridge  walked  alone 
over  the  snow  in  the  deep  forest  near  the  shore  of  a  great  lake, 
looking  for  lumber  for  his  boats.  On  the  bank  of  a  stream 

66 


THE   PARTRIDGE   AND   HIS   DRUM          67 

he  saw  four  beautiful  maidens  sitting  on  the  ice  braiding  their 
long  hair.  He  knew  that  they  were  the  nymphs  or  fairies  of 
the  stream,  and  he  watched  them  from  behind  a  tree.  He 
had  long  desired  to  win  a  stream  fairy  for  his  bride,  but  up  to 
that  time  he  had  found  it  an  impossible  task,  for  the  fairies 
were  very  timid.  As  he  watched  them  now,  he  thought  to 
himself,  "  Perhaps  I  can  catch  one  of  them  and  carry  her  off." 
So  he  stealthily  slipped  from  behind  the  tree  and  crept  along 
towards  the  bank.  But  the  water-nymphs,  who  could  hear  the 
smallest  sound,  heard  his  footsteps,  and  looking  around,  they 
spied  him  among  the  trees.  "  Oh,  oh  ! "  they  all  cried,  and  at 
once  they  all  dropped  into  the  icy  water  and  disappeared. 

Now,  Partridge,  being  then  a  river-dweller  and  of  very 
great  strength,  was  a  good  fisherman.  Many  a  time  he  had 
caught  the  slippery  harbour  seals,  and  often  he  had  dined 
plentifully  on  their  meat.  He  hit  upon  a  crafty  trick  by 
which  to  seize  a  nymph.  He  cut  a  number  of  branches  from  a 
spruce  tree,  and  sticking  them  upright  in  the  snow  on  the  shore, 
he  hid  behind  them,  and  waited  for  the  nymphs  to  appear  again. 
Sure  enough  they  soon  came  back  and  sat  again  upon  the  ice 
braiding  their  long  hair.  Partridge  put  his  head  over  the 
boughs  to  take  a  peep  at  them  so  that  he  might  pick  out  the 
most  beautiful,  but  again  they  saw  him,  and  with  the  same 
frightened  cry,  "  Oh,  oh  !  "  they  dropped  quickly  into  the  sea. 
After  them  went  Partridge,  although  he  knew  that  the  water 
was  very  cold.  He  caught  one,  but  she  slipped  from  his  arms, 


68  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

and  when  he  came  to  the  surface,  he  had  only  her  hair  ribbon 
in  his  hand. 

Now,  in  those  old  days  water-nymphs  in  this  part  of  the 
sea  could  not  live  long  without  their  hair  ribbons,  for  the 
ribbons  contained  always  much  of  their  magic  power. 
Partridge  knew  this,  and  he  knew  too  that  sooner  or  later  the 
nymph  would  wander  about  on  land  looking  for  her  lost 
charm.  So  he  put  the  ribbon  in  his  pocket  and  with  a  light 
heart  he  went  about  his  business  of  seeking  wood  for  his 
boats.  That  night  when  he  went  back  to  his  tent  he  hid  the 
ribbon  not  far  from  his  hand  in  hope  of  the  fairy's  visit;  then, 
pretending  to  sleep,  he  closed  his  eyes  and  waited.  He  had 
not  been  there  long  when  there  came  in  very  softly  the 
beautiful  water-nymph  in  search  of  her  lost  ribbon.  Now, 
when  a  water-nymph  sets  foot  in  the  dwelling  of  man  or 
animal  without  her  hair  ribbon,  she  is  always  powerless. 
This  Partridge  knew  well.  He  sprang  quickly  from  his 
couch,  caught  her  with  little  trouble,  and  easily  persuaded 
her  to  remain  with  him  as  his  wife.  This  was  against 
Glooskap's  orders,  for  Glooskap  knew  that  if  one  of  his  people 
married  a  water-nymph  no  good  could  come  of  it.  But 
Glooskap  said  nothing. 

Partridge  and  his  nymph-wife  lived  happily  enough  for  a 
time.  But  he  always  feared  for  her  safety  when  he  went  far 
away  looking  for  lumber  for  his  boats,  for  many  evil  creatures 
were  always  about  in  the  forest.  And  he  always  said  to  her 


HE   SAW    FOUR    BEAUTIFUL  MAIDENS   SITTING  ON  THE    ICE   BRAIDING  THEIR    HAIR. 


THE   PARTRIDGE   AND   HIS   DRUM          69 

before  he  went  away,  "  Keep  the  doors  tightly  barred  while  I 
am  gone,  for  many  wicked  people  and  robbers  prowl  through 
the  woods,  and  they  will  try  to  enter  the  tent  perhaps  to  kill 
you."  And  she  always  promised  to  be  on  her  guard. 

One  day  Partridge  went  far  away  in  search  of  lumber  for 
a  new  fleet  of  boats  he  was  then  building.  In  the  afternoon 
he  came  to  a  grove  of  wonderful  cedar  trees.  He  wished  to 
examine  it  carefully,  and  as  night  was  coming  on — for  winter 
nights  come  early  in  the  Canadian  woods — he  decided  to  stay 
there  until  the  next  day.  So  as  the  day  went  down,  he  made 
a  bed  of  boughs  and  went  to  sleep.  He  had  no  fear  for  his 
wife's  safety,  for  she  had  promised  to  keep  the  doors  barred. 

Meanwhile,  his  wife  waited  at  home  for  his  coming. 
When  the  stars  came  out,  she  knew  that  he  would  not  come 
home  that  night,  and  being  sleepy  she  went  to  bed,  first  seeing 
that  the  doors  were  securely  fastened.  She  felt  very  lonely 
all  by  herself  in  the  big  tent,  for  Partridge,  because  of  the 
troublesome  noise  of  his  boat-building,  dwelt  a  good  distance 
away  from  his  neighbours.  At  midnight  she  was  awakened 
by  a  loud  knocking  at  the  door.  "  Open  the  door,"  said 
a  voice  outside  ;  "  I  am  cold  and  hungry  and  I  have  come 
far."  But  mindful  of  the  warning  of  Partridge,  the  nymph- 
wife  paid  no  heed  to  the  call.  Now,  the  voice  was  that  of  a 
wicked  sorcerer  who  always  prowled  through  the  forest,  and 
who  knew  that  Partridge  was  away.  He  wished  to  kill  and 
eat  the  nymph.  He  was  a  very  clever  and  sly  fellow,  and  he 


70  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

could  imitate  the  voices  of  all  men  and  animals  to  lure  people 
to  their  death.  For  a  long  time  after  his  first  call  he  was 
silent.  Then  he  knocked  again  and  imitated  the  voice  of  the 
nymph's  brothers  and  sisters,  and  said,  "  Oh,  sister,  we  have 
followed  you  for  a  long  time  until  at  last  we  have  found  you  ; 
open  the  door  to  us."  But  still  the  nymph  was  suspicious 
and  refused  to  unbar  the  door.  Then  the  sorcerer  imitated  her 
father's  voice  and  called  her  "  daughter."  But  still  she  would 
not  let  him  in.  At  last  he  talked  like  her  mother,  and  said, 
"  Oh,  daughter,  open  the  door ;  I  have  come  far  in  search  of 
you,  and  I  am  very  cold  and  hungry  and  tired."  The  nymph- 
wife  was  deceived  ,at  last,  for  she  thought  the  voice  was  that 
of  her  old  mother  from  the  stream.  Hastily  she  opened  the 
door.  At  once  the  wicked  sorcerer — the  evil  spirit  of  the 
woods — pounced  upon  her,  and  killing  her  at  a  blow,  he 
greedily  devoured  her  like  a  wolf,  until  not  a  bone  was  left. 

The  next  morning  Partridge  came  home.  He  found  the 
door  of  his  house  open  and  his  wife  absent.  He  wondered 
greatly,  for  he  remembered  her  promise,  and  he  could  not 
believe  that  she  had  been  killed.  So  he  resolved  to  use  his 
magic  power  to  learn  where  she  had  gone.  He  took  his 
magic  wooden  plate  and  filled  it  with  water,  and  placed  it  in 
a  corner  of  the  tent  while  he  slept.  When  he  awoke,  the 
dish  was  full  not  of  water  but  of  blood,  and  he  knew  from 
this  sign  that  his  wife  had  been  killed  by  the  sorcerer.  He 
determined  to  punish  her  slayer,  and  taking  his  axe  and  his 


THE    PARTRIDGE   AND    HIS   DRUM          71 

bow  and  arrows  and  his  magic  charm,  he  left  his  work  and 
set  out  in  pursuit  of  the  sorcerer.  He  knew  that  the  sorcerers 
travelled  in  pairs  ;  he  knew  too  that  they  had  many  tricks  by 
which  to  escape  punishment,  and  that  they  could  take  on 
various  shapes.  So  he  went  along  cautiously. 

By  evening  he  reached  a  great  lone  land  in  the  far  north 
where  he  thought  he  found  traces  of  two  of  the  evil  ones. 
He  came  to  a  large  cave  which  he  entered,  intending  to  pass 
the  night  there.  From  a  huge  rock  at  the  side  of  the  cave  a 
man's  foot  was  sticking.  He  knew  that  here  was  one  of  the 
sorcerers  who  had  gone  into  the  rock  to  sleep  as  was  their 
custom,  leaving  his  foot  sticking  out  so  that  his  comrade  could 
pull  him  out  when  he  had  slept  long  enough.  Partridge 
quickly  cut  off  the  foot  close  to  the  rock,  and  there  the 
sorcerer  was  left  closed  up  forever  in  the  stone.  There  the 
rock  remains  to  this  day.  Just  as  Partridge  had  finished  the 
cutting,  the  sorcerer's  companion  came  in,  and  Partridge 
knew, — for  he  had  seen  him  often  about  his  tent, — that  here 
at  last  was  the  murderer  of  his  wife.  When  the  sorcerer 
saw  no  foot  sticking  from  the  rock,  he  knew  at  once  that  his 
brother  was  forever  locked  up  in  the  stone,  and  he  became 
very  angry.  Then  he  saw  Partridge  whom  he  knew  to  be  his 
brother's  slayer,  but  giving  no  sign  of  his  knowledge,  he 
received  him  kindly.  He  bolted  the  door  of  the  cave,  and 
then  made  a  great  fire  thinking  to  roast  Partridge  alive  and 
thereby  have  a  good  meal.  But  Partridge  used  his  magic 


72  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

charm  against  heat  and  helped  the  sorcerer  to  pile  more  wood 
on  the  fire,  saying  that  he  was  very  cold.  Soon  the  cave 
grew  hotter  and  hotter  until  at  last  its  sides  became  red  and 
the  flames  shot  high  to  the  roof,  and  even  before  he  knew  it 
the  sorcerer  was  overcome  by  the  great  heat.  Partridge 
threw  him  upon  the  fire,  where  he  was  quickly  burned  to 
cinders.  Then,  well  pleased  with  his  vengeance,  he  returned 
quickly  to  his  home. 

But  from  that  day  poor  Partridge  was  never  himself 
again.  He  sorrowed  greatly  for  his  dead  nymph-wife,  until 
he  became  stupid  and  could  not  do  his  work  well,  but  he  went 
faithfully  about  his  duties,  finishing  the  great  fleet  of  boats 
for  the  birds  and  animals.  Finally  came  the  day  when  all 
were  to  be  launched,  and  Glooskap  and  all  his  people  gathered 
to  see  the  fleet  go  by.  It  was  a  very  wonderful  sight  on 
a  great  inland  sea.  The  eagle  had  a  large  canoe  which  he 
paddled  with  the  ends  of  his  wings ;  all  the  birds  of  the  sea 
and  the  river  had  very  wonderful  boats, — the  crane  and  the 
duck,  the  snipe  and  the  curlew,  the  plover  and  the  gull,  the 
wild  goose  and  the  loon  and  the  kingfisher.  And  the  boats 
were  all  of  different  colours,  each  colour  the  same  as  that  of 
the  bird  for  whom  the  boat  was  made.  All  the  birds  were 
supplied  with  boats.  Even  the  humming-bird  had  a  tiny 
canoe  of  many  wonderful  colours,  and  he  had  a  little  paddle 
not  larger  than  a  small  pin. 

Partridge's  own  canoe  was  the  last  to  be  launched.     The 


THE   PARTRIDGE   AND    HIS    DRUM          73 

people  all  watched  for  it  in  patience  and  eagerness,  for  they 
thought  that  because  he  had  built  such  wonderful  boats  for 
the  other  birds,  he  would  have  a  particularly  good  one  for 
himself.  Now,  Partridge  had  built  his  own  canoe  last,  while 
he  sorrowed  for  his  dead  wife.  His  brain  had  been  muddled 
by  his  great  grief.  He  reasoned  foolishly  that  since  a  boat 
with  two  ends  could  be  rowed  in  two  directions,  a  boat  with 
no  ends  at  all  could  be  rowed  in  all  directions.  So  he  made 
his  own  boat  round  like  a  saucer.  But  when  it  was  launched 
and  he  tried  to  paddle  it,  he  made  no  headway,  for  it  turned 
round  and  round  but  always  stayed  in  one  place.  All  the 
people  and  the  birds  when  they  saw  it  laughed  heartily  at  him 
and  called  him  "  fool."  Then  poor  Partridge's  grief  was 
increased.  He  knew  that  he  had  forever  lost  his  reputation 
as  a  boat-builder  among  the  birds  of  the  sea.  He  had  no 
wish  to  dwell  longer  among  them,  and  he  decided  to  leave 
them  for  ever.  So  he  flew  far  away  into  the  forest,  and  since 
that  time  he  has  never  been  seen  upon  the  shore  of  the  sea,  nor 
near  a  river  or  lake.  He  stays  on  land, — far  in  the  deep  woods, 
and  he  has  forgotten  even  how  to  fish  and  how  to  swim. 
But  he  still  keeps  one  remnant  of  his  old  life.  He  still  makes 
a  drumming  noise  as  if  he  is  hammering  a  canoe,  and  deep  in 
the  forest  you  can  still  hear  his  strange  sound.  You  know 
then  that  he  is  mindful  of  old  times  when  he  built  boats  upon 
the  shore  and  all  day  long  and  far  into  the  night  tapped 
lightly  with  his  hammer. 


HOW  SUMMER  CAME   TO  CANADA 

ONCE  during Glooskap's  lifetime  and  reign  in  Canada 
it  grew  very  cold.     Everywhere  there  was  snow  and 
ice,  and  in  all  the  land  there  was  not  a  flower  nor  a 
leaf  left  alive.      The  fires  that  the  Indians  built  could  not 
bring  warmth.     The  food  supply  was  slowly  eaten  up,  and 
the  people  were  unable  to  grow  more  corn  because  of  the  hard 
frozen   ground.      Great   numbers  of  men  and  women   and 
children  died  daily  from  cold  and  hunger,  and  it  seemed  as  if 
the  whole  land  must  soon  perish. 

Over  this  extreme  cold  Glooskap  had  no  power.  He  tried 
all  his  magic,  but  it  was  of  no  avail.  For  the  cold  was 
caused  by  a  powerful  giant  who  came  into  the  land  from  the 
far  North,  bringing  Famine  and  Death  as  his  helpers.  Even 
with  his  breath  he  could  blight  and  wither  the  trees,  so  that 
they  brought  forth  no  leaves  nor  fruit ;  and  he  could  destroy 
the  corn  and  kill  man  and  beast.  The  giant's  name  was 
Winter.  He  was  very  old  and  very  strong,  and  he  had  ruled 
in  the  far  North  long  before  the  coming  of  man.  Glooskap, 
being  brave  and  wishing  to  help  his  people  in  their  need, 
went  alone  to  the  giant's  tent  to  try  to  coax  or  bribe  or  force 
him  to  go  away.  But  even  he,  with  all  his  magic  power,  at 

74 


HOW   SUMMER  CAME   TO  CANADA         75 

once  fell  in  love  with  the  giant's  home ;  for  in  the  sunlight  it 
sparkled  like  crystal  and  was  of  many  wonderful  colours,  but 
in  the  night  under  the  moonlight  it  was  spotlessly  white- 
From  the  tent,  when  Glooskap  looked  out,  the  face  of  the 
earth  was  beautiful.  The  trees  had  a  covering  of  snow  that 
gave  them  strange  fantastic  shapes.  The  sky  was  filled  by 
night  with  flashing  quivering  lights,  and  even  the  stars  had 
a  new  brightness.  The  forest,  too,  was  full  of  mysterious 
noises.  Glooskap  soon  forgot  his  people  amid  his  new 
surroundings.  The  giant  told  him  tales  of  olden  times  when 
all  the  land  was  silent  and  white  and  beautiful  like  his 
sparkling  tent.  After  a  time  the  giant  used  his  charm  of 
slumber  and  inaction,  until  Glooskap  fell  asleep,  for  the 
charm  was  the  charm  of  the  Frost.  For  six  months  he  slept 
like  a  bear.  Then  he  awoke,  for  he  was  very  strong  and 
Winter  could  not  kill  him  even  in  his  sleep.  But  when  he 
arose  he  was  hungry  and  very  tired. 

One  day  soon  after  he  awoke,  his  tale-bearer,  Tatler  the 
Loon,  brought  him  good  news.  He  told  of  a  wonderful 
Southland,  far  away,  where  it  was  always  warm,  and  where 
lived  a  Queen  who  could  easily  overcome  the  giant ;  indeed, 
she  was  the  only  one  on  earth  whose  power  the  giant  feared. 
Loon  described  carefully  the  road  to  the  new  country. 
Glooskap,  to  save  his  people  from  Winter  and  Famine  and 
Death,  decided  to  go  to  the  Southland  and  find  the  Queen. 
So  he  went  to  the  sea,  miles  away,  and  sang  the  magic  song 


76  CANADIAN   WONDER   TALES 

that  the  whales  obeyed.  His  old  friend  Blob  the  Whale 
came  quickly  to  his  call,  and  getting  on  her  back  he  sailed 
away.  Now,  the  whale  always  had  a  strange  law  for 
travellers.  She  said  to  Glooskap :  "You  must  shut  your 
eyes  tight  while  I  carry  you  ;  to  open  them  is  dangerous, 
for,  if  you  do,  I  will  surely  go  aground  on  a  reef  or  a  sand 
bar  and  cannot  get  off,  and  you  may  then  be  drowned."  And 
Glooskap  promised  to  keep  his  eyes  shut.  Many  days  the 
whale  swam,  and  each  day  the  water  grew  warmer,  and  the 
air  grew  gentler  and  sweeter,  for  it  came  from  spicy  shores  ; 
and  the  smells  were  no  longer  those  of  the  salt  sea,  but  of 
fruits  and  flowers  and  pines.  Soon  they  saw  in  the  sky  by 
night  the  Southern  Cross.  They  found,  too,  that  they  were 
no  longer  in  the  deep  sea,  but  in  shallow  water  flowing  warm 
over  yellow  sands,  and  that  land  lay  not  far  ahead.  Blob 
the  Whale  now  swam  more  cautiously.  Down  in  the  sand 
the  clams  were  singing  a  song  of  warning,  telling  travellers 
in  these  strange  waters  of  the  treacherous  sand  bar  beneath. 
"Oh,  big  whale,"  they  sang,  "keep  out  to  sea,  for  the  water 
here  is  shallow  and  you  shall  come  to  grief  if  you  keep  on  to 
shore."  But  the  whale  did  not  understand  the  language  of 
the  little  clams.  And  he  said  to  Glooskap,  who  understood, 
"What  do  they  sing?"  But  Glooskap,  wishing  to  land  at 
once,  answered,  "They  tell  you  to  hurry  for  a  storm  is 
coming, — to  hurry  along  as  fast  as  you  can."  Then  the 
whale  hurried  until  she  was  soon  close  to  the  land. 


HOW   SUMMER   CAME   TO   CANADA          77 

Glooskap,  wishing  the  whale  to  go  aground  so  that  he  could 
more  easily  walk  ashore,  opened  his  left  eye  and  peeped, 
which  was  contrary  to  the  whale's  laws.  And  at  once  the 
whale  stuck  hard  and  fast  on  the  beach,  so  that  Glooskap, 
springing  from  her  head,  walked  ashore  on  dry  land.  The 
whale,  thinking  that  she  could  never  get  off,  was  very  angry, 
and  sang  a  song  of  lament  and  blame.  But  Glooskap  put 
one  end  of  his  strong  bow  against  the  whale's  jaw,  and  taking 
the  other  end  in  his  hands,  he  placed  his  feet  against  the  high 
bank,  and,  with  a  mighty  push,  he  sent  old  Blob  again  into 
the  deep  water.  Then,  to  keep  the  whale's  friendship,  he 
threw  her  an  old  pipe  and  a  bag  of  Indian  tobacco  leaves — 
for  Glooskap  was  a  great  smoker — and  the  whale,  greatly 
pleased  with  the  gift,  lighted  the  pipe  and  smoking  it  swam 
far  out  to  sea.  Glooskap  watched  her  disappear  from  view 
until  he  could  see  only  clouds  of  her  smoke  against  the  sky. 
And  to  this  day  the  whale  has  Glooskap's  old  pipe,  and 
sailors  often  see  her  rise  to  the  surface  to  smoke  it  in  peace 
and  to  blow  rings  of  tobacco  smoke  into  the  air. 

When  the  whale  had  gone,  Glooskap  walked  with  great 
strides  far  inland.  Soon  he  found  the  way  of  which  Loon 
had  told  him.  It  was  the  Rainbow  Road  that  led  to  the 
Wilderness  of  Flowers.  It  lay  through  the  land  of  the 
Sunrise,  beautiful  and  fresh  in  the  morning  light.  On  each 
side  were  sweet  magnolias  and  palms,  and  all  kinds  of  trees 
and  flowers.  The  grass  was  soft  and  velvety,  for  by  night 


78  CANADIAN   WONDER   TALES 

the  dew  was  always  on  it ;  and  snow  and  hail  were  unknown, 
and  winds  never  blew  coldly,  for  here  the  charm  of  the  Frost 
had  no  power. 

Glooskap  went  quickly  along  the  flower-lined  Rainbow 
Road,  until  he  came  to  an  orange  grove  where  the  air  was 
sweet  with  the  scent  of  blossoms.  Soon  he  heard  sounds  of 
music.  He  peered  through  the  trees,  and  saw  that  the 
sounds  came  from  an  open  space  not  far  ahead,  where  the 
grass  was  soft  and  where  tiny  streams  were  flowing  and 
making  melody.  It  was  lilac-time  in  the  land,  and  around 
the  open  space  all  kinds  of  flowers  in  the  world  were 
blooming.  On  the  trees  numberless  birds  were  singing — 
birds  of  wonderfully  coloured  feathers  such  as  Glooskap  had 
never  heard  or  seen  before.  He  knew  that  he  had  reached 
at  last  the  Wilderness  of  Flowers,  of  which  old  Tatler  the 
Loon  had  spoken.  He  drew  deep  breaths  of  honeysuckle 
and  heliotrope  and  countless  other  flowers,  until  he  soon 
grew  strong  again  after  his  long  voyage. 

Then  he  crept  close  to  the  edge  of  the  open  space  and 
looked  in  from  behind  the  trees.  On  the  flower-covered  grass 
within,  many  fair  maidens  were  singing  and  dancing,  holding 
in  their  hands  chains  of  blossoms,  like  children  in  a  Maypole 
game.  In  the  centre  of  the  group  was  one  fairer  than  all  the 
others — the  most  beautiful  creature  he  had  ever  seen, — her 
long  brown  hair  crowned  with  flowers  and  her  arms  filled 
with  blossoms.  For  some  time  Glooskap  gazed  in  silence, 


HER    NAME    IS  SUMMER. 


HOW   SUMMER   CAME   TO   CANADA          79 

for  he  was  too  surprised  to  move  or  to  utter  speech.  Then 
he  saw  at  his  side  an  old  woman, — wrinkled  and  faded,  but 
still  beautiful, — like  himself  watching  the  dance.  He  found 
his  voice  and  asked,  "Who  are  those  maidens  in  the  Wilder 
ness  of  Flowers  ? "  And  the  old  woman  answered,  "  The 
maiden  in  the  centre  of  the  group  is  the  Fairy  Queen  ;  her 
name  is  Summer ;  she  is  the  daughter  of  the  rosy  Dawn,— 
the  most  beautiful  ever  born  ;  the  maidens  dancing  with  her 
are  her  children,  the  Fairies  of  Light  and  Sunshine  and 
Flowers." 

Glooskap  knew  that  here  at  last  was  the  Queen  who  by 
her  charms  could  melt  old  Winter's  heart  and  force  him  to  go 
away,  for  she  was  very  beautiful  and  good.  With  his  magic 
song  he  lured  her  from  her  children  into  the  dark  forest ; 
there  he  seized  her  and  held  her  fast  by  a  crafty  trick.  Then, 
with  her  as  a  companion,  he  began  his  long  return  journey 
north  by  land.  That  he  might  know  the  way  back  to  the 
Wilderness  of  Flowers,  he  cut  a  large  moose  hide,  which  he 
always  carried,  into  a  long  slender  cord,  and  as  he  ran  north 
with  Summer,  he  let  the  cord  unwind  behind  him,  for  he  had 
no  time  to  mark  the  trail  in  the  usual  way.  When  they  had 
gone,  Summer's  children  mourned  greatly  for  their  Queen. 
For  weeks  the  tears  ran  down  their  cheeks  like  rain  on  all 
the  land,  and  for  a  long  time,  old  Dawn,  the  Queen's  mother, 
covered  herself  with  dark  mourning  clouds  and  refused  to  be 
bright. 


8o  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

After  many  days,  still  holding  Summer  in  his  bosom — for 
she  loved  him  because  of  his  magic  power — Glooskap  reached 
the  Northland.  He  found  none  of  his  people,  for  they  were 
all  asleep  under  the  giant's  power,  and  the  whole  country 
was  cold  and  lonely.  At  last  he  came  to  the  home  of  old 
Winter.  The  giant  welcomed  him  and  the  beautiful  girl,  for 
he  hoped  to  freeze  them  both  and  keep  them  with  him  always. 
For  some  time  they  talked  together  in  the  tent,  but,  although 
he  tried  hard,  the  giant  was  unable  to  put  them  to  sleep. 
Soon  old  Winter  felt  that  his  power  had  vanished  and  that 
the  charm  of  the  Frost  was  broken.  Large  drops  of  sweat 
ran  down  his  face ;  then  his  tent  slowly  disappeared,  and  he 
was  left  homeless.  Summer  used  her  strange  power  until 
everything  that  Winter  had  put  to  sleep  awoke  again.  Buds 
came  again  upon  the  trees ;  the  snow  ran  down  the  rivers, 
carrying  away  the  dead  leaves  ;  and  the  grass  and  the  corn 
sprang  up  with  new  life.  And  old  WTinter,  being  sorrowful, 
wept,  for  he  knew  that  his  reign  was  ended,  and  his  tears 
were  like  cold  rain.  Summer,  the  Queen,  seeing  him  mourn 
and  wishing  to  stop  his  tears,  said :  "  I  have  proved  that  I 
am  more  powerful  than  you  ;  I  give  you  now  all  the  country 
to  the  far  north  for  your  own,  and  there  I  shall  never  disturb 
you ;  you  may  come  back  to  Glooskap's  country  six  months 
of  every  year  and  reign  as  of  old,  but  you  will  be  less  severe ; 
during  the  other  six  months,  I  myself  will  come  from  the 
south  and  rule  the  land."  Old  Winter  could  do  nothing  but 


HOW  SUMMER  CAME  TO   CANADA         81 

accept  this  offer  gracefully,  for  he  feared  that  if  he  did  not  he 
would  melt  entirely  away.  So  he  built  a  new  home  farther 
north,  and  there  he  reigns  without  interruption.  In  the  late 
autumn  he  comes  back  to  Glooskap's  country  and  reigns  for 
six  months,  but  his  rule  is  softer  than  in  olden  times.  And 
when  he  comes,  Summer,  following  Glooskap's  moose-hide 
cord,  runs  home  with  her  birds  to  the  Wilderness  of  Flowers. 
But  at  the  end  of  six  months  she  always  comes  back  to  drive 
old  Winter  away  to  his  own  land,  to  awaken  the  northern 
world,  and  to  bring  it  the  joys  that  only  she,  the  Queen,  can 
give.  And  so,  in  Glooskap's  old  country  Winter  and 
Summer,  the  hoary  old  giant  and  the  beautiful  Fairy  Queen, 
divide  the  rule  of  the  land  between  them. 


HOW  TURTLE   CAME 

ON  the  shores  of  a  great  water  in  Canada  is  a 
land  where  Indians  once  dwelt.  In  the  days  of 
French  rule  it  was  a  garrisoned  fort.  The  remains 
of  the  old  moat  and  ramparts  and  stockade  are  still  seen  in 
the  centre  of  what  is  now  a  large  green  meadow ;  but  they 
are  now  overgrown  with  grass,  and  should  you  go  there,  on 
summer  days  you  can  see  children  playing  upon  them,  pick 
ing  wild  flowers  and  making  daisy  chains,  unmindful  of  the 
past  fortunes  of  the  spot  on  which  they  play.  Behind  you 
across  the  river  which  empties  here  is  a  city  in  modern  dress. 
Before  you  is  the  sea  with  two  little  islands  not  far  away 
resting  in  the  summer  haze  upon  its  bosom.  Moaning  gas- 
buoys  toss  about  in  the  gentle  roll  of  the  waters  ;  by  night  red 
beacon  lights  lift  their  bright  heads  all  about  to  light  the 
sailor's  road  ;  summer  cottages  nestle  on  the  beach  before  you ; 
the  hum  of  modern  life  is  in  your  ears  and  the  sight  of  it  is  in 
your  eyes  as  you  stand  to-day  upon  the  cliff. 

But  it  was  not  always  so.  Long  before  the  coming  of  the 
white  race,  before  beacon  lights  and  cities  and  summer 
cottages  were  known,  this  land  was  the  home  of  Indians. 

Many  of  their  descendants  live  there  still,  at  peace  with  the 

82 


HOW  TURTLE   CAME  83 

white  folk  who  took  their  lands  and  their  forests.  They  are 
the  remnants  of  Glooskap's  people.  It  was  here,  on  the  beach 
in  the  little  cove,  that  the  Turtle  was  first  created  and  where 
he  first  dwelt.  Long  ago,  after  the  white  men  came,  he  fled 
from  these  waters  ;  and  although  his  descendants  are  still 
sometimes  caught  by  fishermen  off  the  coast,  neither  he  nor  his 
children  nor  any  of  his  tribe  ever  went  back  to  the  place  of 
his  creation.  But  the  place  of  his  birth  is  still  pointed  out. 

It  was  in  Glooskap's  time  that  the  Turtle  came  into  being. 
There  dwelt  in  the  land  an  old  Indian,  a  lazy,  poor,  and  by  no 
means  beautiful  man.  As  a  hunter  he  had  been  of  no  value ; 
he  lived  alone  ;  and  now  he  had  come  to  the  end  of  his  life 
with  little  of  the  world's  goods  to  his  credit.  But  although 
he  was  poor,  he  was  of  a  merry  heart  and  a  good  nature,  and 
he  was  well  liked  by  all.  Now,  the  chief  of  the  tribe  had 
three  beautiful  daughters  who  were  much  sought  for  by  the 
young  men  of  the  village,  all  of  whom  wished  to  win  their 
love.  The  eldest  was  the  loveliest  in  the  land  ;  her  name  was 
Flower  of  the  Corn.  The  old  Indian  would  gladly  have 
made  one  of  these  girls  his  wife  for  he  was  tired  of  living 
alone,  but  she  on  her  part  thought  him  worthless,  and  he  on 
his  part  feared  that  if  he  wooed  her,  her  many  other  suitors 
would  be  jealous  and  would  perhaps  take  his  life.  So  the  old 
man  kept  his  secret  to  himself  and  continued  his  sad 
existence. 

It  happened  that  one  day  Glooskap  came  into  the  land  to 


84  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

see  his  people.  Of  all  the  tents  in  the  village  he  chose  that 
of  the  old  man  as  his  resting  place,  for  he  had  known  him  a 
long  time  and  liked  him  because  of  his  good  nature  and  his 
merry  heart.  He  was  not  with  him  long  before  he  knew  his 
secret,  that  he  loved  Flower  of  the  Corn ;  and  he  also  learned 
of  his  fear  to  woo  her.  Glooskap  encouraged  him  and  urged 
him  to  make  his  wishes  known  to  the  chief.  But  the  old 
Indian  said,  "  I  am  old  and  poor  and  I  have  no  good  clothes 
to  wear,  and  I  know  that  I  should  meet  only  with  scorn." 
But  Glooskap  placed  upon  him  his  magic  belt,  and  at  once 
the  old  man  became  young  and  handsome ;  he  also  gave  him 
fine  clothes.  Then  he  sent  him  to  the  chief's  home.  And 
the  old  man  said,  after  the  fashion  of  Indians  when  they  wish 
to  marry,  "  I  am  tired  living  alone.  I  have  come  for  your 
eldest  daughter."  And  the  old  chief,  when  he  saw  him  so 
beautiful  because  of  Glooskap's  magic  power,  could  not  refuse 
his  request  and  Flower  of  the  Corn  became  his  bride. 

As  the  old  man  had  feared,  the  young  men  of  the  village 
were  very  angry  because  he  had  won  so  beautiful  a  wife,  and 
they  resolved  to  do  him  harm.  At  first  they  tried  to  take 
vengeance  on  Glooskap,  for  as  they  had  seen  little  of  him  they 
did  not  know  of  his  great  power.  A  great  wedding  feast  was 
held  for  the  old  man  and  his  bride,  to  which  all  the  young 
men  were  invited.  Two  of  the  most  jealous  sat  next  to 
Glooskap,  one  on  each  side,  and  during  the  feast  they  plotted 
to  kill  him.  But  Glooskap  heard  them  plotting  against  his 


HOW  TURTLE   CAME  85 

life  and  he  knew  that  the  time  had  come  for  him  to  show  his 
strength.  So  at  the  end  of  the  wedding  feast,  as  he  arose 
from  the  table  he  turned  to  each  one  and  tapped  him  gently 
on  the  nose.  When  each  rubbed  the  spot  that  Glooskap  had 
touched,  he  found  that  his  nose  had  disappeared.  In  great 
shame  and  anger  they  fled  from  the  feast,  and  never  after 
wards  dwelt  among  men.  One  of  these  was  Toad  ;  the  other 
was  Porcupine.  And  since  that  time  neither  Toad  nor 
Porcupine  has  ever  had  a  nose  and  their  faces  have  always 
been  flat  because  of  Glooskap's  touch  at  the  banquet  long  ago. 
Some  days  after  the  wedding  feast,  a  great  festival  was 
held  in  the  village.  Glooskap  knew  that  here  again  an 
attempt  would  be  made  upon  the  old  Indian's  life  by  his 
jealous  enemies.  He  feared  too  that  after  he  had  gone  from 
the  village  his  old  friend  would  surely  be  treacherously  killed, 
and,  as  the  time  of  his  going  away  was  at  hand,  he  resolved 
upon  a  plan  to  save  him  from  danger.  He  told  the  old  man 
that  at  the  festival  his  enemies  would  try  to  trample  him 
under  their  feet  during  a  game  of  ball.  And  he  gave  him  a 
magic  root  which,  if  he  ate  it  before  the  game,  would  give  him 
power  to  jump  high  when  they  crowded  in  upon  him.  Sure 
enough,  in  the  game  of  ball  the  young  men  surrounded  the 
old  man  and  watched  for  a  chance  to  crush  him.  Twice  he 
jumped  high  over  their  heads  and  escaped  unhurt.  But  the 
third  time  when  he  jumped  he  stuck  upon  the  top  of  a  tent 
and  could  not  get  down. 


86  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

Inside  the  tent  sat  Glooskap  quietly  smoking  his  pipe  and 
waiting  for  this  very  thing  to  happen.  He  made  a  smoulder 
ing  fire  from  which  the  smoke  rose  in  great  clouds  and  passed 
out  at  the  top  of  the  tent  around  the  old  man,  and  he  smoked 
and  smoked  great  pipefuls  of  tobacco  until  far  into  the  night. 
And  the  old  man  hung  to  the  tent  poles,  dangling  in  the 
smoke  until  midnight.  He  hung  there  so  long  that  from  the 
smoke  of  the  smouldering  fire  and  that  of  Glooskap's  pipe, 
his  old  skin  became  as  hard  as  a  shell.  And  Glooskap  said 
to  him,  "  I  have  done  this  thing  for  your  own  good.  I  fear 
that  if  I  leave  you  here,  after  I  have  gone  your  enemies  will 
kill  you.  I  make  you  now  chief  of  the  Tortoise  race  and  your 
name  shall  be  called  Turtle ;  hereafter  you  may  roll  through 
a  flame  of  fire  and  you  will  not  be  burned  nor  will  you  feel 
pain,  and  you  may  live  in  water  or  on  land  as  you  prefer. 
And  you  shall  have  a  very  long  life ;  and  although  your  head 
be  cut  off  you  shall  live  nine  days  afterwards.  And  when 
your  enemies  throw  you  into  the  fire  or  into  the  water  you 
need  have  no  fear."  Then  he  took  him  down  from  the 
tent  pole. 

The  next  day  the  old  Indian's  enemies,  angry  because  he 
had  escaped  at  the  festival,  built  a  great  fire  in  the  forest,  and 
seizing  him  as  he  walked  alone  in  the  woods,  they  threw  him 
upon  it.  But  he  went  to  sleep  in  the  flame  and  when  he 
awoke  he  called  for  more  wood,  telling  them  that  he  was  very 
cold.  They  wondered  greatly,  and  after  plotting  together 


HOW   TURTLE   CAME  87 

they  resolved  to  throw  him  into  the  sea.  They  carried  him 
far  out  in  a  canoe  and  dropped  him  overboard,  and  went 
ashore  well  pleased  with  their  work,  for  they  believed  that  at 
last  they  had  taken  vengeance.  The  next  day  was  a  day  of 
great  heat.  At  low  tide  when  some  of  his  enemies  looked  out 
to  sea  they  saw  basking  in  the  sun  on  a  sand-bar  far  away  a 
strange  figure.  They  were  curious,  and  they  rowed  out  to  see 
what  it  was  that  shone  so  brightly  in  the  sun.  When  they 
reached  the  sand-bar  after  paddling  a  long  time  they  saw  that 
it  was  the  old  Indian.  There  he  was,  sunning  himself  on  the 
sand-bar,  his  hard  smoked  back  shining  in  the  bright  light. 
As  they  came  near,  he  said,  "  Good  day,"  and  grinning  at 
them  mischievously,  he  rolled  lazily  off  the  sand-bar  and 
disappeared  in  the  water. 

Glooskap  before  he  left  the  island,  used  his  magic  power 
to  change  Flower  of  the  Corn  in  the  same  way  and  he  sent 
her  into  the  sea  to  live  with  her  husband.  And  he  gave  her 
power  to  lay  eggs  in  the  sand.  And  the  two  lived  happily  for 
many  long  years,  and  raised  up  a  mighty  race.  But  still  the 
Turtle  rolls  sideways  into  the  sea  like  his  old  ancestor  if  men 
come  near  him  as  he  suns  himself  on  the  sand.  And  you  can 
still  see  on  his  back  the  marks  of  Glooskap's  smoke.  When 
the  white  men  came,  he  left  the  land  of  his  creation,  but  his 
descendants  to  this  day  live  to  a  great  age  and  grow  to  a  great 
size  along  the  Atlantic  coast. 


THE   FIRST   MOSQUITO 

WHEN  Glooskap  lived  with  his  people  it  happened 
once  that  the  tribes  grew  jealous  of  his  power. 
This  jealousy  was  not  because  of  any  evil  in  them 
selves  ;  it  was  prompted  by  a  wicked  sorceress  who  during 
the  absence  of  Glooskap  prevailed  upon  the  people  to  do  him 
harm.  Some  said  that  the  sorceress  was  angry  because  she 
had  once  loved  Glooskap  and  he  had  refused  to  return  her 
love  ;  others  said  that  she  was  much  older  than  Glooskap,  that 
before  his  birth  she  had  herself  ruled  the  earth  for  a  long  time, 
and  that  when  Glooskap  came  he  had  put  an  end  to  her  reign. 
The  truth  of  the  matter  no  man  knows,  but  it  is  certain  that 
she  was  very  powerful  and  that  she  always  watched  for  a 
chance  to  harm  Glooskap. 

Her  chance  came  when  Glooskap  went  for  six  weeks  on  a 
hunting  trip  far  into  the  forest.  She  then  told  the  people  that 
he  was  neglecting  them,  and  she  soon  persuaded  them  to  pack 
up  and  leave  him,  for  she  believed  that  he  would  perish  if  he 
were  left  alone.  When  the  people  went  away,  they  took  with 
them  Dame  Bear,  Glooskap's  old  grandmother,  and  his  little 
brother,  whom  Glooskap  had  left  behind.  The  band  jour 
neyed  hastily  across  the  land  to  the  sea ;  then  they  sailed  in 


THE   FIRST   MOSQUITO  89 

their  canoes  to  a  great  island,  where  they  stopped  and  set  up 
their  tents.  And  the  sorceress  left  the  road  they  travelled 
well  guarded  by  evil  beasts  and  dragons  who,  she  hoped, 
would  kill  Glooskap  if  he  tried  to  follow  them.  She  made 
Dame  Bear  and  the  little  boy  her  slaves,  and  compelled  them 
to  do  much  hard  work.  She  gave  them  but  little  food  and 
but  scanty  clothing,  so  that  they  were  soon  very  miserable. 

When  Glooskap  came  back  to  his  home  at  the  end  of  six 
weeks,  he  found  that  his  people  had  disappeared.  His  friend 
Fox,  who  had  watched  slyly  the  people's  departure  and  the 
wicked  woman's  tricks,  told  him  all  that  had  happened. 
Glooskap  did  not  blame  his  people,  for  he  knew  that  their 
going  away  had  been  brought  about  by  his  old  enemy. 
But  that  he  might  teach  his  people  the  folly  of  their  act, — for 
he  knew  that  they  would  now  be  very  hungry  and  poor, — he 
tarried  alone  in  his  home-land  for  many  years  before  he  set 
out  to  find  them  and  to  take  vengeance  on  their  wicked  leader. 
Then,  taking  his  magic  belt  and  his  two  dogs,  he  set  out  upon 
his  long  journey.  He  went  across  the  sea  to  another  land, 
and  then  he  travelled  eastward,  his  dogs  following  close 
behind  him.  Here  he  was  far  from  the  road  that  his  people 
had  travelled,  and  there  were  no  dragons  to  bar  his  progress. 

Soon  he  came  to  a  village  where  the  people  were  friendly. 
He  heard  from  an  old  man  and  woman  about  the  road  along 
which  the  sorceress  and  his  own  people  had  passed.  The  old 
man  told  him  of  the  dragons  ahead  of  him  and  of  the  evil, 


90  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

hideous  creatures  that  had  been  left  to  guard  the  way.  But 
Glooskap,  unafraid,  and  trusting  in  his  dogs  and  his  magic 
belt,  set  out  along  the  enchanted  road.  At  last  he  came  to  a 
narrow  pass  in  the  hills  watched  over  by  two  terrible  dogs. 
He  put  his  magic  belt  around  the  necks  of  his  own  dogs  for  a 
moment,  and  at  once  they  grew  to  an  immense  size  ;  and  they 
easily  killed  the  beasts  of  his  enemy,  and  he  passed  on 
unharmed. 

After  some  hours  he  came  to  a  high  hill.  At  the  bottom 
was  a  large  tent  in  which  he  knew,  from  the  tale  of  the  old 
man  of  the  friendly  village,  that  a  wicked  man  lived  with  his 
two  beautiful  daughters.  He  knew  too  that  they  waited  his 
coming,  for  prompted  by  the  sorceress  they  wished  to  kill 
him.  As  he  looked  down  from  the  top  of  the  hill,  he  saw  the 
two  daughters  approaching  afar  off.  They  were  very  beautiful 
and  fair ;  but  Glooskap  remembered  the  old  man's  warning 
and  he  resolved  to  be  on  his  guard.  One  of  them  carried  in 
her  hands  a  string  of  costly  beads.  They  met  him  with 
pleasant  smiles  and  invited  him  to  the  tent  below  the  hill  ; 
and  they  tried  to  place  the  beads  about  his  neck  to  show  him 
their  great  love.  But  Glooskap  knew  that  the  beads  were 
enchanted,  and  that  if  he  placed  them  around  his  neck  he 
should  lose  his  strength  and  power.  So  he  set  his  dogs  upon 
the  girls,  and  the  dogs  were  so  terrible  because  of  his  magic 
belt  that  the  girls  ran  away  in  great  fear ;  as  they  ran,  they 
dropped  the  string  of  beads,  without  which  they  had  no 


THE   FIRST   MOSQUITO  91 

power.  Glooskap  picked  up  the  beads  and  then  cautiously 
entered  the  tent  of  his  enemies.  On  a  couch  of  skins  near 
the  door  the  old  man  was  dozing,  and  before  he  could  rise, 
Glooskap  placed  the  beads  about  his  neck  and  killed  him  with 
a  blow.  Then  he  went  on  his  way.  He  met  with  many 
enemies  on  this  evil  road,  but  by  the  aid  of  his  dogs  and  his 
magic  belt  and  the  enchanted  beads  he  overcame  them  all 
and  was  unharmed. 

At  last  he  reached  the  sea,  and  he  looked  over  the  dark 
water  to  another  land  and  wondered  how  to  get  across. 
Finally,  he  sang  the  magic  song  that  the  whales  always 
obeyed.  Old  Blob  the  whale  came  quickly  to  his  call,  and 
getting  on  her  back  he  sailed  away  to  the  eastward.  His  two 
dogs  swam  close  behind  Old  Blob.  The  whale  soon  brought 
him  to  the  land  where  he  knew  that  his  people  dwelt.  He 
sprang  ashore,  his  dogs  following  him,  and  set  out  with  long 
rapid  strides  in  search  of  his  enemies.  At  the  end  of  a  few 
hours'  journey  he  found  traces  of  old  camp-fires,  and  he  knew 
that  his  people  were  not  far  away.  At  last  he  reached  the 
place  where  they  were  living.  In  the  distance  he  saw  a  camp, 
which  because  of  his  magic  power  he  knew  to  be  that  of 
the  sorceress.  Near  by  was  his  little  brother,  whom  the 
wicked  sorceress  had  made  her  slave ;  he  was  pale  and  much 
worn,  and  he  was  clad  only  in  rags ;  he  was  seeking  wood  for 
a  fire,  and  as  he  gathered  up  the  dry  sticks  he  cried,  and  sang 
.a  song  of  lament, — "Where  is  Glooskap,  my  big  brother? 


92  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

Alas  !  he  is  far  away,  and  I  shall  never  see  him  again." 
Then  Glooskap  took  pity  on  his  little  brother,  and  gave  a 
signal  that  the  little  boy  knew  well.  And  his  brother,  turn 
ing  around,  spied  Glooskap  behind  the  trees  afar  off,  and 
running  to  him  cried  out  with  joy,  for  he  knew  that  help  had 
at  last  come. 

But  Glooskap  knew  that  to  overcome  his  great  enemy  and 
to  free  his  people,  he  must  be  very  careful  and  use  his  craftiest 
tricks.  He  told  his  little  brother  to  be  silent,  and  to  tell  no 
one  but  Old  Dame  Bear,  the  grandmother,  that  he  had  come. 
He  sent  him  back  to  his  hard  work  in  the  camp,  and  promised 
that  when  the  twilight  came  he  should  be  freed.  And  he 
said,  "  Do  what  you  can  to  make  the  wicked  woman  angry, 
for  when  anger  comes  to  her,  her  power  leaves  her ;  when  you 
are  sent  to  rock  her  baby  to  sleep  at  twilight,  snatch  it  from 
its  cradle  and  throw  it  into  the  camp-fire.  Then  run  to 
me  where  I  hide  here  among  the  trees ;  take  Dame  Bear  with 
you,  and  all  will  be  well." 

His  little  brother  then  went  back  to  his  hard  work  in  the 
woman's  tent  and  told  Dame  Bear  what  he  had  seen  and 
heard.  And  the  two  waited  patiently  for  the  twilight.  At 
the  sunset  hour  the  little  boy,  still  supperless,  was  sent  by  the 
sorceress  to  rock  her  baby  to  sleep.  For  the  first  time  in  his 
long  separation  from  his  big  brother  he  worked  with  joy,  and 
without  hunger,  for  he  knew  that  he  would  soon  be  free. 
Suddenly  he  snatched  from  the  cradle-hammock  the  woman's 


THE   FIRST   MOSQUITO  93 

baby, — a  wicked  child  like  her  mother, — and  hurled  her  into 
the  camp-fire.  Then,  taking  Dame  Bear  by  the  arm,  he  ran 
towards  Glooskap's  hiding  place.  The  baby  howled  with 
pain  and  cursed  loudly  as  she  had  heard  her  mother  do,  and 
rolled  herself  out  of  the  fire.  And  the  sorceress  was  very 
angry,  and  muttering  dire  threats  she  ran  after  the  boy  and 
Dame  Bear.  They  soon  reached  Glooskap,  who  sprang  from 
his  hiding  place,  his  magic  belt  around  him.  When  the 
sorceress  saw  Glooskap,  she  was  more  angry  than  before, 
so  that  her  strength  left  her  and  she  was  powerless.  Yet  she 
gave  battle. 

Glooskap  tore  up  a  huge  pine  tree  from  its  roots  and 
hurled  it  at  his  enemy.  It  entered  her  side  and  stuck  there, 
and  although  she  tried  with  all  her  might  she  could  not  draw 
it  out.  Glooskap  could  now  have  killed  her  with  a  blow,  but 
he  did  not  wish  to  do  that.  He  wanted  to  let  her  live  in 
misery,  and  to  give  her  a  greater  punishment  than  death. 
And  so,  yelling  with  pain  and  shame,  the  sorceress  ran  back 
to  her  tent,  while  Glooskap  took  Dame  Bear  and  his  little 
brother  to  his  own  camp  among  the  trees  and  gave  them  food. 
He  knew  now  that  the  battle  was  over,  for  it  had  long  been 
known  that  if  the  wicked  woman's  side  was  once  pierced  her 
power  would  never  return. 

When  Glooskap's  people  heard  that  he  had  come,  they 
rejoiced  greatly,  for  they  were  hungry  and  cold.  The 
sorceress  had  failed  to  provide  food  for  them,  and  they  were 


94  CANADIAN   WONl3£R  TALES 

tired  of  her  wicked  and  cruel  rule  which  was  very  unlike  that 
of  Glooskap.  But  Glooskap  tarried  before  making  friends 
again  with  them,  and  remained  for  many  days  in  his  own 
camp  in  the  trees  watching  them  from  afar.  His  dogs  guarded 
his  grove  and  kept  all  away  except  Dame  Bear  and  his  little 
brother.  Meanwhile,  the  wicked  sorceress  in  pain  with  the 
pine  tree  in  her  side  moved  about  in  great  anger,  but  as  her 
power  was  now  gone,  the  people  refused  longer  to  obey  her. 
And  they  all  laughed  at  her  because  of  the  pine  tree  sticking 
in  her  side.  At  last,  being  very  angry,  she  said,  "  I  do  not 
wish  to  live  like  this  when  my  power  is  gone.  All  the  people 
laugh  at  me  because  of  the  pine  tree  sticking  in  my  side. 
I  wish  that  I  might  change  to  something  that  would  always 
be  a  plague  and  a  torment  to  man,  for  I  hate  mankind." 
Glooskap  heard  her  wish,  although  he  was  afar  off,  and  with 
his  magic  power  he  changed  her  at  once  to  a  mosquito.  Then 
he  forgave  his  people,  and  as  they  were  hungry  he  gave  them 
much  food  and  drink,  for  he  had  killed  many  moose  in  the 
land.  And  the  people  all  rejoiced  and  promised  never  again 
to  forsake  him  or  to  be  jealous  of  his  power. 

Then  Glooskap  gathered  his  people  on  the  shore  of  the 
great  ocean,  and  calling  the  whales,  his  sea  carriers,  he  bade 
them  carry  him  and  his  people  from  this  land  back  to  their 
old  home.  There  they  settled  down  again  in  peace.  But  to 
this  day  the  wicked  sorceress  roams  over  the  earth  as  a  mos 
quito  ;  and  the  pine  tree  in  her  side  is  a  sharp  sting.  She  is 


QLOOSKAP   GATHERED    HIS    PEOPLE   ON   THE    SHORE   AND 
BADE  THE    WHALES   CARRY  THEM   TO  THEIR   OLD   HOME. 


THE   FIRST   MOSQUITO  95 

never  at  rest,  but  she  shall  always  remain  as  she  wished, 
a  torment  to  mankind.  The  only  thing  on  earth  she  dreads 
is  fire  and  smoke,  for  she  still  remembers  that  the  throwing  of 
her  baby  into  the  fire  long  ago  caused  the  outburst  of  anger 
that  in  the  end  deprived  her  of  her  strength.  And  by  fire 
and  smoke  in  the  summer  twilight  men  still  drive  her  and 
her  descendants  from  their  dwellings. 


THE   MOON  AND  HIS   FROG-WIFE 

WHEN  Glooskap  first  reigned  upon  the  earth,  what 
is  now  the  Moon  shone  by  day  and  what  is  now 
the  Sun  shone  by  night.  Their  work  was  exactly 
opposite  to  what  it  is  to-day,  for  the  present  Moon  was  then 
the  Sun  and  the  present  Sun  was  then  the  Moon.  The  Moon 
was  then  very  red  and  bright ;  the  Sun  was  pale  and  silvery. 
At  that  time  the  Sun — the  present  Moon — kept  very  irregular 
hours,  and  was  very  careless  about  his  work.  Sometimes  he 
rose  very  early  in  the  morning  and  set  very  late  at  night ; 
at  other  times  he  rose  very  late  and  went  to  bed  very  early. 
For  weeks  in  the  winter  he  refused  to  shine  at  all,  and  even 
when  he  did  appear  at  his  work  he  gave  very  little  warmth 
and  he  might  just  as  well  have  been  covered  in  his  clouds. 
The  Moon — the  present  Sun — was,  on  the  other  hand,  always 
faithful  to  his  duties. 

At  last  the  people  grew  tired  of  the  Sun's  strange  actions 
and  irregularities.  They  protested  loudly  against  his  methods 
of  work,  until  in  the  end  they  sent  some  of  their  number  to 
complain  to  Glooskap.  Glooskap  rebuked  the  Sun,  but  the 
latter  answered  that  he  had  done  his  work  as  well  as  he  could, 

and  that  his  accusers  were  merely  his  enemies.    Glooskap  had 

96 


THE   MOON   AND   HIS   FROG-WIFE  97 

really  been  too  busy  to  notice  the  Sun's  way  of  working ;  so, 
that  he  might  treat  all  with  fairness,  he  said  to  the  accusers : 
"Charge  the  Sun  formally  and  openly  with  neglect  of  his 
duty  ;  I  will  call  a  great  meeting  of  all  my  people  ;  we  will 
hold  a  trial  to  judge  him  ;  I  myself  will  be  the  judge ;  who 
ever  wants  to  give  evidence  may  do  so,  and  the  Sun  may  make 
his  defence."  To  this  all  the  people  and  the  Sun  agreed. 

Now,  in  those  days  the  Sun  had  many  wives.  With 
some  of  them  he  was  far  from  happy,  for  often  they  sorely 
tormented  him  and  tried  his  patience,  and  a  few  of  them  he 
would  gladly  get  rid  of  if  he  could.  One  of  his  scolding  wives 
was  Frog.  She  had  a  crumpled  back  and  a  wrinkled  face  and 
a  harsh  voice ;  she  was  always  jumping  about,  and  with  her 
of  all  his  wives  he  was  on  the  least  friendly  terms.  When  she 
heard  that  her  husband  was  to  be  tried  before  Glooskap  on  a 
serious  charge,  she  wished  to  be  present  at  the  trial,  for  she 
was  very  inquisitive.  But  the  Sun  said,  "This  trial  is  for 
men,  not  for  women  ;  your  place  is  at  home  and  not  in  the 
courts  of  warriors  ;  you  must  not  come."  The  Frog-wife 
pleaded  to  be  allowed  to  go,  but  the  more  she  pleaded  the 
more  sternly  the  Sun  refused  his  permission.  However,  being 
a  woman,  and  not  to  be  outdone  by  a  man,  she  resolved  to  go 
to  the  trial  whether  her  husband  permitted  it  or  not,  and  she 
decided  to  steal  into  the  court  quietly  after  the  trial  had  com 
menced. 

At  last  the  day  of  the  trial  arrived.     The  great  court-tent 


98  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

was  filled  with  Glooskap's  people.  In  the  centre  of  the  plat 
form  sat  Glooskap,  and  near  him  sat  the  Sun,  eager  to  defend 
himself  from  the  charges  of  his  enemies.  When  the  trial  was 
well  advanced,  and  the  evidence  had  nearly  all  been  taken, 
the  Sun's  Frog-wife  appeared  suddenly  at  the  door.  All  the 
seats  were  filled,  but  Glooskap  with  his  usual  politeness  arose 
to  find  her  a  place.  But  when  the  Sun  saw  her  there  contrary 
to  his  wishes,  he  was  very  angry.  He  looked  at  her  sternly 
with  a  frown,  making  at  her  a  wry,  twisted  face  ;  and  drawing 
down  his  right  eyelid,  he  said  to  Glooskap,  "  Oh,  Master,  do 
not  trouble  yourself  to  find  her  a  seat;  let  her  sit  on  my  eyelid; 
that  is  a  good  enough  seat  for  her ;  she  can  hang  on  there  well 
enough,  for  she  always  wants  to  stick  to  me  and  follow  me 
wherever  I  go."  And  at  once  the  Frog-wife  jumped  to  his 
eyelid  and  sat  there  quite  comfortably. 

Then  the  trial  went  on.  Because  of  the  Sun's  clever 
defence  of  himself  he  was  declared  "not  guilty  "  of  the  charges 
against  him.  It  was  decided  by  the  judge,  Glooskap, — and  all 
the  people,  even  the  accusers,  agreed — that  under  the  circum 
stances  he  had  done  his  work  as  well  as  he  could,  and  that  he 
deserved  neither  blame  nor  punishment.  But  at  the  close  of 
the  trial,  when  the  Sun  attempted  to  go  back  to  his  work,  he 
could  not  get  rid  of  his  Frog-wife.  He  tried  with  all  his 
might  but  he  could  not  shake  her  off.  She  stuck  fast  to  his 
eyelid  and  stubbornly  refused  to  leave  her  seat,  and  she  said 
that  henceforth  she  would  stay  with  him  to  see  that  he  did 


THE    MOON   AND   HIS   FROG-WIFE          99 

his  work  well.  All  the  people  pulled  and  tugged  and  coaxed, 
but  they  failed  to  move  her.  The  strongest  men  in  the  land 
came,  but  even  they  could  not  pull  her  away.  Then  the 
people  lamented  and  said  to  Glooskap :  "  She  covers  the  side 
of  the  Sun's  face  and  hinders  his  work  ;  she  makes  him  ugly ; 
we  must  not  have  our  Light  of  Day  disfigured  like  this  and 
bright  on  one  side  only  ;  all  the  world  will  laugh  at  us. 
What  are  we  to  do?"  And  they  were  in  great  sorrow  and 
distress. 

But  Glooskap  in  his  wisdom  found  a  way  out  of  the  diffi 
culty.  He  said  :  "  Be  not  troubled,  O  my  people!  We  will 
make  the  Moon  and  the  Sun  exchange  places  ;  the  Moon,  who 
is  still  perfect  and  unharmed,  shall  become  the  Light  of  Day 
instead  of  Night,  and  shall  take  the  name  Sun.  The  Sun 
shall  become  the  Light  of  Night  instead  of  Day,  and  shall 
take  the  name  Moon  ;  for  at  night  it  will  matter  little  if  one 
side  of  his  face  is  dark  ;  and  his  Frog-wife  hanging  to  his 
eyelid  will  by  night  be  little  noticed."  To  this  the  people  all 
agreed.  And  so  the  Sun  was  changed  with  the  Moon  to 
shine  by  night,  and  the  Moon  was  changed  with  the  Sun  to 
shine  by  day. 

So  now  when  the  Moon — the  old  Sun — first  appears  at  his 
work,  he  holds  away  from  the  earth  the  side  of  his  face  to 
which  his  Frog-wife  is  hanging,  for  he  is  very  much  ashamed 
of  his  appearance.  And  when  he  turns  his  head  full  upon 
the  earth,  you  can  still  see,  when  the  sky  is  clear,  his  black 


ioo  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

Frog-wife  hanging  to  his  right  eyelid  and  covering  one  side 
of  his  face.  And  always  when  his  month's  work  is  nearly 
done  he  turns  his  head  abruptly  in  a  frantic  effort  to  shake 
her  off,  but  he  never  succeeds.  She  hangs  there  always,  and 
because  of  his  Frog-wife's  curiosity  he  shall  never  shine  again 
by  day. 


GLOOSKAP  AND  THE   FAIRY 

ONE  day  Glooskap  was  in  his  tent  with  his  old  Grand 
mother.  They  heard  a  great  noise.  "A  very  big 
man  is  coming,"  said  Glooskap,  "  I  hear  his  foot 
steps."  Time  passed  but  no  one  came.  Soon  they  heard  a 
great  noise  again.  "  He  must  be  a  very  big  man,"  said 
Glooskap ;  "  the  earth  is  trembling  under  his  tread,  for  the 
calves  of  my  legs  are  shaking ;  he  is  coming  nearer."  Soon 
there  was  a  knock  at  the  door.  ''Come  in,"  said  Glooskap. 
In  came  a  little  fellow  no  bigger  than  a  man's  thumb.  ''You 
walk  very  heavily  and  make  a  great  noise  for  so  small  a  man," 
said  Glooskap.  "Yes,"  said  the  little  fellow  ;  but  not  another 
word  would  he  say. 

They  sat  silent  for  a  long  time.  Then  Glooskap  tried  to 
put  his  strange  little  caller  to  the  test.  "Take  something  to 
eat,"  he  said,  and  he  passed  him  a  plateful  of  food.  With 
his  magic  power  he  made  the  plate  very  heavy,  and  he  thought 
that  the  little  man  could  not  hold  it  but  would  let  it  fall 
on  his  toes.  But  the  little  fellow  took  it  easily,  and  held  it 
while  he  ate  all  it  contained.  When  he  had  finished  eating, 
he  passed  it  back.  But  it  had  grown  so  heavy  because  of  the 
little  man's  power  that  Glooskap  could  hardly  hold  it  up. 


IOI 


102  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

Then  they  went  outside.  It  was  blowing  very  hard.  "It 
is  a  windy  day,"  said  Glooskap.  "Oh  no,"  said  the  little 
fellow,  "it  is  very  calm  and  pleasant ;  I  should  like  to  have  a 
sail  on  the  sea."  Glooskap  had  a  very  large  heavy  canoe. 
He  thought  it  would  be  fun  to  send  the  little  fellow  sailing  in 
it,  for  he  thought  he  could  not  paddle  it.  He  told  him  there 
was  a  canoe  on  the  beach  and  that  he  might  take  it  for  a  sail. 
The  little  man  thanked  him  and  went  to  the  beach.  Glooskap 
went  back  to  his  tent  on  the  high  cliff  to  watch  what  would 
happen.  Soon  he  saw  the  little  man  out  on  the  sea  in  the  big 
heavy  canoe.  Then  he  untied  the  wings  of  the  great  Wind 
Bird,  and  the  winds  blew  harder  than  ever  and  the  waves 
rolled  high.  But  the  little  man  weathered  the  storm  all  right; 
he  seemed  to  be  enjoying  his  sail,  and  after  a  time  he  came 
ashore  safely. 

When  he  came  in,  Glooskap  said,  "  Did  you  have  a  good 
sail?"  "Very  good,"  replied  the  little  man,  "but  I  like 
stronger  winds  and  a  rougher  sea."  And  Glooskap  wondered 
much.  Then  they  went  outside  again.  It  was  still  blowing 
hard.  The  little  man  blew  through  his  nostrils,  and  the 
wind  from  them  blew  so  hard  that  the  grass  fell  down 
before  it,  and  Glooskap  was  knocked  head  over  heels 
and  had  to  put  his  arms  around  a  big  tree  and  hold 
on  tight  to  keep  from  blowing  over  the  cliff.  Then 
the  little  man  stopped  blowing,  and  they  agreed  to  end 
their  contest  and  to  rest  together.  Glooskap  knew  that 


THE    LITTLE    MAN    WEATHERS   THE    STORM    IN    QLOOSKAP'S    HEAVY    CANOE. 


GLOOSKAP  AND   THE    FAIRY  103 

the  little  man  was  the  strong  Fairy  of  the  forest  of  whom 
he  had  long  heard.  The  Fairy  gave  him  new  power  to 
overcome  evil,  and  then  went  back  to  the  land-of-little- 
people  from  which  he  had  come. 


THE   PASSING  OF  GLOOSKAP 

GLOOSKAP,  the  magic  master  of  the  Indian  tribes 
along  the  Atlantic  coast  of  Canada,  had  very  great 
power  for  many  ages.  But  as  he  grew  old,  his 
power  gradually  grew  less.  He  had  done  in  his  long  lifetime 
many  great  and  noble  deeds.  He  had  freed  his  land  of  all  the 
mighty  monsters  that  had  inhabited  it  before  his  coming.  No 
evil  beasts  nor  serpents  nor  dragons  were  now  found  near  his 
home,  and  there  were  no  longer  cruel  giants  in  the  forest  hard 
by.  He  had  made  his  people  happy.  But,  strangely  enough, 
his  people  showed  him  but  scanty  gratitude.  When  he  grew 
old  they  became  evil,  and  they  were  not  as  faithful  as  in  the 
days  of  his  youth  and  strength.  Even  the  animals  grew 
treacherous.  His  dogs,  once  loyal,  were  no  longer  eager  to 
do  his  bidding,  and  one  stormy  day  as  he  fished  for  porpoises 
they  stubbornly  refused  to  obey  his  command  to  head  off  the 
fish.  Thereupon,  in  anger,  he  changed  his  dogs  into  a  stone 
island,  now  a  rocky  light-housed  island  on  the  Atlantic  coast. 
All  around  him  he  saw  signs  of  faithlessness,  and  often  he 
was  in  great  sorrow  because  of  his  people's  ingratitude. 

One  afternoon  in  the  autumn,  Glooskap  \valked  alone  by 

the  ocean,  thinking  silently  of  his  people's  evil  ways  and  of 

104 


*^*        ^*w  J** 


GLOOSKAP   WALKED  ALONE  BY  THE   OCEAN. 


THE   PASSING   OF  GLOOSKAP  105 

his  own  vanished  strength.  Behind  him  the  tall  trees  rose 
on  the  hills,  their  leaves  now  turned  to  a  mass  of  many 
colours,  yellow  and  red  under  the  autumn  sun.  Here  and 
there  clusters  of  red  autumn  berries  peeped  through  the  dying 
leaves.  On  the  high  bank  long  stalks  of  golden-rod  nodded 
their  faded  -heads  ;  the  grass  was  withered  brown,  and  from 
its  depths  came  the  doleful  sounds  of  crickets.  Before  him  lay 
the  sea,  still  and  idle  and  grey  in  the  soft  mellow  light. 
Subdued  noises  came  from  the  tents  near  by,  where  his  people, 
busy  and  expectant,  were  making  arrows  for  the  great  annual 
autumn  hunt,  for  the  hunter's  moon  had  come.  Otherwise,  a 
strange  silence — the  silence  of  Nature's  death — filled  the  air. 
Glooskap  knew,  as  he  moodily  walked  along  the  beach,  that 
Summer  had  gone,  that  she  had  fled  from  the  Northland, 
following  the  moose-hide  cord  he  had  placed  for  her  along 
the  Rainbow  Road  to  the  Wilderness  of  Flowers.  Closing 
his  eyes,  he  could  see  her  again  in  all  her  beauty  as  he  had 
really  seen  her  many  years  before  when  he  had  first  found  her 
dancing  among  her  children,  the  Fairies  of  Flowers  and 
Light.  All  the  incidents  of  his  long  journey  in  search  of  her 
came  back  to  him, — the  sail  with  Old  Blob  the  whale  ;  the 
Southern  Cross  in  the  sky  ;  the  song  of  the  clams  under  the 
golden  sands  ;  the  lilac  country  with  its  magnolia  and 
jessamine ;  the  fair  maiden  dancers  on  the  green  ;  and 
Summer  herself  with  her  brown  hair  and  her  blossoms. 
Even  his  lost  youth  and  his  vanished  strength  seemed  to 


io6  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

come  back  to  him.  He  could  feel  on  his  old  cheeks  again 
the  soft  air  of  the  Southland  ;  he  could  hear  the  music  of  its 
tiny  streams  ;  and  he  opened  his  nostrils  wide  in  fancy  to 
pleasant  odours  from  scented  flowers.  And  as  he  dreamed  of 
the  old  days,  he  was  lonely  for  Summer  his  Fairy  Queen  ;  for 
although  he  was  a  great  warrior  he  had  a  woman's  tender 
heart.  Somehow,  on  this  autumn  day  he  was  filled  with  a 
strange  feeling  of  melancholy  such  as  he  had  never  known 
before.  He  could  not  shake  the  feeling  from  him.  It 
brought  him  a  deep  sense  of  coming  danger  which  he  could 
not  explain. 

Suddenly  he  was  aroused  from  his  dreaming  by  the 
appearance  of  his  messengers,  the  Loons,  who  were  still  loyal 
to  him.  They  had  been  away  many  days  in  search  of  news, 
and  now  they  came  to  him  over  the  water  uttering  strange 
cries  that  sounded  like  foolish  laughter.  Glooskap  knew  from 
their  cries  that  they  brought  unwelcome  tidings.  When  they 
met  him  on  the  beach  they  said,  "  Oh,  Master,  we  bring  you 
a  sad  message.  From  away  across  the  ocean  a  race  of  strange 
pale-faced  men  is  coming,  smaller  in  size  than  our  people  but 
more  powerful.  One  of  their  number  is  more  than  a  match 
for  a  score  of  your  best  warriors,  for  they  carry  with  them 
many  deadly  weapons  the  like  of  which  you  have  never  seen. 
They  are  coming  in  wonderful  ships  greater  than  your 
canoes.  They  will  take  all  your  lands,  and  will  kill  those  of 
your  people  who  refuse  to  submit  to  their  rule."  The  Loons 


THE   PASSING  OF   GLOOSKAP  107 

would  have  continued  their  story,  but  Glooskap  wished  to 
hear  no  more.  He  understood  now  the  cause  of  his 
melancholy  dread.  He  knew  that  the  pale  race  of  which  the 
Loons  had  spoken  was  the  race  of  which  he  had  long  heard, 
and  that  the  white  men  were  coming  at  last.  He  knew  too 
that  it  would  be  useless  to  stay  to  give  them  battle.  His 
reign  on  earth,  he  knew  well,  was  ended  for  a  time  and  now 
he  must  go  away.  Far  out  to  sea  was  another  hunting 
ground  to  which  he  must  sail  to  join  his  fathers.  It  was 
a  place,  he  had  been  told,  pleasanter  by  far  than  his  old  home 
on  the  shores  of  the  great  water, — a  place  to  which  good 
warriors  went  when  their  work  on  earth  was  done.  So  he  re 
turned  silently  to  his  tent  to  get  ready  for  his  long  journey. 

That  night  he  called  all  his  people  to  the  gathering-place. 
He  told  them  that  he  was  going  away,  far  away,  miles  and 
miles  over  the  sunlit  sea.  Not  one  of  them  should  go  with 
him.  He  would  be  away,  he  said,  many  long  years,  but  some 
day  he  would  come  back.  He  told  them  nothing  of  the  mes 
sage  of  the  Loons,  nothing  of  the  white  men's  coming.  But 
he  offered  as  a  parting  gift  to  grant  them  each  one  last  wish. 
And  at  once  all  the  people  wished  for  what  they  most  desired, 
and  all  their  requests  were  granted  ;  for  Glooskap's  great 
power  returned  for  a  brief  space  before  he  went  away. 

The  people's  wishes  were  very  strange  and  varied.  An 
old  man  who  had  been  of  little  value  as  a  hunter  asked  that 
he  might  be  great  in  the  killing  of  game.  And  Glooskap 


io8  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

gave  him  a  magic  flute,  which  when  played  upon  won  the  love 
of  women,  and  brought  the  moose  and  caribou  to  his  side  to 
meet  their  death.  And  the  old  man,  with  not  a  care  in  his 
heart,  went  his  way,  for  he  knew  now  that  he  should  always 
have  food.  A  young  Indian  asked  that  he  might  have  the 
love  of  many  people.  Glooskap  gave  him  a  bag  very  tightly 
tied  ;  he  told  him  not  to  open  it  until  he  reached  his  home, 
and  then  his  wish  would  be  granted.  But  the  youth,  being 
curious,  opened  the  bag  on  the  way.  At  once  there  flew  from 
it  numberless  girls,  all  of  whom  strove  for  his  affection,  until 
in  the  struggle  they  trampled  him  to  death.  What  became  of 
the  people  no  man  knows.  Another,  a  gay  and  frivolous 
fellow,  asked  that  he  might  always  amuse  people.  Glooskap 
gave  him  a  magic  root  from  the  forest  which  would  cause 
anyone  who  ate  it  to  amuse  all  whom  he  met ;  he  told  him 
not  to  eat  it  until  he  reached  his  home,  and  then  his  presence 
would  always  be  like  sunshine  to  all.  But  he,  being  curious, 
ate  the  root  on  the  way.  For  a  time  he  amused  all  who  met 
him,  so  that  they  all  laughed  and  were  of  a  merry  heart.  But 
soon,  because  he  had  not  heeded  Glooskap1  s  command,  the 
people  grew  tired  of  him  and  no  longer  laughed  at  him.  And 
he  grew  weary  of  himself  and  found  no  pleasure  in  his  power, 
which  now  no  longer  moved  people  to  laughter.  And  his  life 
became  a  burden  until  in  despair  he  killed  himself  in  the 
forest.  And  Old  Night  Hawk,  the  evil  spirit  of  the  night, 
came  down  from  the  clouds  and  carried  him  away  to  the 


THE   PASSING   OF  GLOOSKAP  109 

dwelling  place  of  Darkness  and  he  was  never  afterwards 
heard  of  among  men.  Another  wished  to  become  a  Fairy  of 
the  Forest.  Glooskap  washed  him  in  the  sea,  and  put  a 
magic  belt  around  his  waist,  and  at  once  he  became  a  Fairy 
Prince  dwelling  among  the  Elves.  And  he  gave  him  a  small 
pipe  which  made  wondrous  music,  and  to  this  day  you  can 
hear  his  pipe  on  sunny  days  in  the  meadows. 

But  the  wish  that  was  most  difficult  to  gratify,  for  it  tried 
Glooskap's  greatest  power,  was  that  of  a  youth  who  wanted  to 
win  a  beautiful  girl  for  his  wife.  She  was  the  daughter  of  a 
powerful  chief,  who  placed  such  hard  work  and  cruel  tasks  on 
all  who  desired  her  that  they  died  in  attempting  them. 
Glooskap  gave  him  his  stone  canoe  and  bade  him  sail  away 
to  the  chiefs  home ;  he  gave  the  Fairies  of  the  Deep  charge 
over  him,  and  he  tied  the  wings  of  the  great  Eagle,  the  Wind 
Bird,  so  that  there  might  be  no  wind  during  his  voyage.  He 
gave  him  also  a  magic  belt  and  taught  him  a  magic  song, 
both  of  which  should  help  him  in  his  need. 

Soon  the  youth  came  without  mishap  to  a  large  island,  the 
home  of  the  girl  he  loved.  He  hid  the  canoe  in  the  trees  and 
set  out  inland.  At  the  end  of  a  long  road  he  reached  the 
village  where  the  cruel  chief  and  his  daughter  lived.  He  said 
to  the  chief,  after  the  fashion  of  Indians  when  they  want  to 
marry,  "  I  am  tired  of  the  lonely  life ;  I  have  come  for  your 
daughter."  The  chief  replied  that  the  youth  might  have  his 
daughter  if  he  could  do  certain  feats  of  strength.  The  youth 


no  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

knew  that  these  were  the  feats  the  attempt  of  which  had  cost 
many  before  him  their  lives,  but  trusting  to  Glooskap's  help, 
he  consented.  The  chief  told  him  he  must  slay  a  great 
horned  dragon  that  lived  in  the  forest  hardby,  and  that  he 
must  bring  the  dragon's  head  to  his  tent  on  the  following 
morning. 

In  the  night  the  youth  went  to  the  dragon's  den.  Over 
the  mouth  of  it  he  placed  a  great  log  ;  then  standing  near  it 
he  sang  the  magic  song  that  Glooskap  had  taught  him.  Soon 
the  dragon  came  out  in  answer  to  the  magic  call ;  he  waved 
his  head  all  about  looking  for  the  sound ;  then  he  placed  his 
head  over  the  log  to  listen.  At  once  the  youth  severed  the 
creature's  head  with  a  blow  of  his  axe,  and  taking  it  by  one  of 
its  great  horns  he  brought  it  in  the  morning  to  the  chiefs 
camp.  And  the  chief,  greatly  surprised,  said  to  himself, 
"  I  fear  he  will  win  my  daughter."  There  were  other  difficult 
feats  to  try  the  young  man's  courage,  but  all  of  them  he  did 
without  harm  to  himself,  and  with  great  wonder  to  the  old 
chief. 

Finally,  the  chief  used  one  of  his  last  and  hardest  tests. 
He  said,  ''There  is  a  man  of  my  tribe  who  has  never  been 
beaten  in  running ;  you  must  race  with  him  and  beat  him  if 
you  would  win  my  daughter ;  you  must  both  run  around  the 
world."  The  old  man  was  sure  that  here  at  last  the  youth 
would  fail.  But  the  youth  put  on  the  magic  belt  that 
Glooskap  had  given  him,  and  when  all  the  people  were 


"I    AM   TIRED  OF  THE    LONELY    LIFE;    I    HAVE   COME    FOR   YOUR    DAUGHTER. 


THE   PASSING  OF   GLOOSKAP  in 

gathered  to  watch  the  contest,  he  met  his  rival  without  fear. 
He  said  to  the  chief's  runner,  "  What  do  men  call  you  ? " 
And  he  answered,  "  I  am  Northern  Light ;  and  what  do  men 
call  you?"  The  youth  answered,  "I  am  Chain-Lightning." 

The  starting  signal  was  given  by  the  chief,  and  the  two 
rivals  set  out  on  their  race.  In  a  moment  they  were  out  of 
sight,  away  behind  the  distant  hills.  The  people  all  waited 
patiently  for  their  return.  Soon  the  youth,  Chain-Lightning, 
appeared  ;  he  had  been  around  the  world,  but  he  was  not 
breathing  hard  and  he  was  not  even  tired  from  his  long  run. 
There  was  yet  no  sign  of  his  rival.  Late  in  the  evening 
Northern  Light  came  in  ;  but  he  was  very  weary,  and  as  he 
came  near  he  trembled  and  tottered.  He  confessed  that  he 
had  not  been  all  around  the  world  ;  he  had  turned,  back,  for 
Chain-Lightning  had  gone  too  fast  for  him,  yet  he  was  very 
tired.  He  admitted  his  defeat.  The  people  wondered 
greatly  at  the  power  of  the  victorious  youth.  And  the  old 
chief  said,  "  I  fear  he  has  won  my  daughter." 

There  was  still  a  final  test.  The  chief  said,  "  Th£re  is  a 
man  of  my  tribe  who  has  never  been  overcome  in  diving  and 
swimming  under  water.  You  must  strive  with  him  and 
defeat  him  if  you  would  win  my  daughter."  And  the  youth 
agreed.  Again  he  put  on  the  magic  belt  and  met  his  rival 
without  fear.  When  they  met  by  the  sea  the  youth  asked  the 
chief's  swimmer,  "  What  do  men  call  you  ?"  And  he  replied, 
"I  am  Black  Duck;  and  what  do  men  call  you?"  He 


ii2  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

answered,  "  I  am  Loon."  When  the  chief  gave  the  signal 
they  dived  and  swam  under  water.  In  a  few  minutes  Black 
Duck  rose  again,  for  he  was  out  of  breath  ;  but  the  people 
waited  in  wonder  many  hours  before  Loon  rose  ;  and  when  he 
came  up  he  was  not  tired,  but  laughed  heartily.  And  the  old 
chief,  well  content,  said  to  him,  "  My  tests  are  ended  ;  you 
have  won  my  daughter."  That  night  the  great  wedding  feast 
was  held ;  and  the  youth  taking  with  him  his  bride,  set  sail 
for  his  home  in  Glooskap' s  canoe. 

A  few  of  those  who  asked  gifts,  Glooskap  punished  before 
he  went  away,  because  of  their  foolish  requests.  One  who 
came  was  very  tall  and  proud  of  his  good  looks.  He  always 
covered  his  moccasins  with  bright  beads,  and  wore  coloured 
coats,  and  sprinkled  himself  with  strange  perfumes,  and  on 
the  top  of  his  cap  he  wore  a  long  feather.  He  asked 
Glooskap  to  make  him  taller  and  straighter  than  any  of  his 
fellows.  And  when  Glooskap  heard  his  wish,  to  punish  him 
for  his  pride  he  changed  him  at  once  to  a  pine  tree.  He 
made  him  very  tall  and  straight  until  his  head  rose  above  the 
forest.  There  he  stands  to  this  day,  the  high  green  feather 
in  his  cap  waving  always  in  the  wind.  And  when  the  wind 
blows  you  can  still  hear  him  singing  with  a  moaning  voice, 
"  I  am  a  great  man,  I  am  a  beautiful  Indian,  taller  than  my 
fellows."  Many  others  Glooskap  punished,  but  all  who  had 
diseases  he  healed,  and  sent  away  happy. 

When  Glooskap  knew  that  the  wishes  of  all  the  good 


THE   PASSING  OF   GLOOSKAP  113 

people  who  had  obeyed  his  commands  had  been  granted,  he 
was  ready  to  set  out  on  his  last  journey.  One  day  on  the 
shore  of  the  wide  ocean  he  made  a  great  feast  to  which  all 
his  people  came  and  all  the  animals  with  them.  But  it  was 
not  a  merry  gathering,  for  they  knew  that  they  met  with 
Glooskap  for  the  last  time  before  his  long  absence.  In  the 
late  autumn  afternoon,  when  the  feast  was  ended,  Glooskap 
prepared  to  leave  them.  He  threw  his  kettle  into  the  sea,  for 
he  would  need  it  no  more,  and  it  became  an  island.  And  he 
tied  one  wing  of  the  Wind  Bird,  so  that  after  he  had  gone 
away  the  gales  would  not  blow  so  strong  on  the  Atlantic 
coast  as  they  had  blown  in  his  lifetime.  And  he  talked  long 
to  his  people  and  smoked  his  last  pipe  with  them  and  gave 
them  good  advice ;  he  spoke  of  his  going  away,  but  of  the 
land  to  which  he  was  going  he  would  say  nothing ;  he  pro 
mised  that  some  day  after  many  years  had  passed  he  would 
come  again  among  them.  Then  in  the  evening  a  great  stone 
canoe  came  over  the  ocean,  guided  by  two  of  the  Children  of 
Light.  And  Glooskap,  seeing  it,  said,  "It  is  now  the  sunset 
hour,  and  I  must  leave  you."  Many  of  his  people,  his  good 
followers  who  throughout  his  lifetime  had  been  faithful  to 
him,  begged  him  to  allow  them  to  go  with  him.  But  he 
answered,  "  No ;  this  last  great  journey  I  must  make  alone, 
for  no  man  can  come  with  me  or  help  me."  And  just  at  the 
turn  of  the  tide  as  the  sun  set  behind  the  distant  hills,  he 
embarked  in  the  great  stone  canoe  and  sailed  far  out  to  sea 


ii4  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

with  the  ebbing  tide,  singing  as  he  went  a  strange  sad  song. 
His  people  and  all  the  beasts  looked  after  him  until  in  the 
deepening  twilight  they  could  see  him  no  more;  but  long  after 
they  had  lost  sight  of  him,  his  song  came  to  them,  weird  and 
doleful,  across  the  water ;  gradually  the  sounds  grew  fainter 
and  fainter,  until  when  night  came  they  died  entirely  away. 
Then  a  strange  silence  fell  upon  the  earth.  The  beasts 
mourned  until  they  lost  the  power  of  speech ;  they  fled  into 
the  forest  in  different  ways,  and  since  that  time  they  have 
never  met  together  in  peaceful  council  as  in  the  olden  days, 
and  they  have  never  spoken  like  men.  The  Great  Owl 
departed  in  sorrow,  and  hid  himself  in  the  deep  forest ;  since 
that  time  he  has  seldom  appeared  by  day,  but  at  night  he 
always  cries,  "  Koo-koo-koo,"  which  in  the  Indian  language 
means,  "  I  am  sad,  I  am  sad."  And  the  Loon,  Glooskap's 
old  messenger,  wanders  up  and  down  upon  the  beach  calling 
for  his  master  with  loud  wild  cries.  And  Glooskap's  people 
grow  smaller  and  smaller  in  number  because  of  their  Master's 
absence,  and  they  slowly  waste  away  until  some  day  they  too 
shall  vanish  from  the  earth. 

So  Glooskap  sailed  away  over  the  sea  to  the  distant 
hunting  grounds  of  his  fathers.  There  he  lives  still  in  a  great 
long  tent,  where  he  is  making  arrows,  preparing  for  his  last 
Great  Battle.  And  when  the  thunder  rolls  and  the  lightning 
flashes  those  of  his  people  who  still  remain  on  earth  know 
that  he  is  angry  ;  where  the  sea  sparkles  most  brightly  in  the 


THE   PASSING  OF  GLOOSKAP  115 

sunlight  or  moans  most  dismally  in  the  storm,  they  know  that 
Glooskap  is  there ;  when  the  phosphorescent  lights  appear  at 
night  upon  the  sea,  they  know  that  he  is  working  late  by  the 
strange  light ;  and  when  there  are  no  stars,  they  know  that 
Glooskap  lies  asleep,  taking  his  rest.  But  when  his  great 
tent  is  filled  with  arrows,  Glooskap  will  come  back  to  fight  his 
last  battle  and  overcome  the  evil  creatures  of  the  world  ;  he 
will  then  bring  back  the  Golden  Age  of  happiness  to  earth  ; 
and  his  people  in  hope  and  patience  still  await  his  coming. 


THE    INDIAN   CINDERELLA 

ON  the  shores  of  a  wide  bay  on  the  Atlantic  coast  there 
dwelt  in  old  times  a  great  Indian  warrior.  It  was 
said  that  he  had  been  one  of  Glooskap's  best 
helpers  and  friends,  and  that  he  had  done  for  him  many 
wonderful  deeds.  But  that,  no  man  knows.  He  had, 
however,  a  very  wonderful  and  strange  power  ;  he  could 
make  himself  invisible ;  he  could  thus  mingle  unseen  with 
his  enemies  and  listen  to  their  plots.  He  was  known  among 
the  people  as  Strong  Wind,  the  Invisible.  He  dwelt  with 
his  sister  in  a  tent  near  the  sea,  and  his  sister  helped  him 
greatly  in  his  work.  Many  maidens  would  have  been  glad 
to  marry  him,  and  he  was  much  sought  after  because  of  his 
mighty  deeds  ;  and  it  was  known  that  Strong  Wind  would 
marry  the  first  maiden  who  could  see  him  as  he  came 
home  at  night.  Many  made  the  trial,  but  it  was  a  long  time 
before  one  succeeded. 

Strong  Wind  used  a  clever  trick  to  test  the  truthfulness 
of  all  who  sought  to  win  him.  Each  evening  as  the  day 
went  down,  his  sister  walked  on  the  beach  with  any  girl  who 
wished  to  make  the  trial.  His  sister  could  always  see  him, 
but  no  one  else  could  see  him.  And  as  he  came  home  from 

116 


THE    INDIAN   CINDERELLA  117 

work  in  the  twilight,  his  sister  as  she  saw  him  drawing  near 
would  ask  the  girl  who  sought  him,  "Do  you  see  him?" 
And  each  girl  would  falsely  answer  "  Yes."  And  his  sister 
would  ask,  "With  what  does  he  draw  his  sled?"  And  each 
girl  would  answer,  "With  the  hide  of  a  moose,"  or  "With  a 
pole,"  or  "With  a  great  cord."  And  then  his  sister  would 
know  that  they  all  had  lied,  for  their  answers  were  mere 
guesses.  And  many  tried  and  lied  and  failed,  for  Strong  Wind 
would  not  marry  any  who  were  untruthful. 

There  lived  in  the  village  a  great  chief  who  had  three 
daughters.  Their  mother  had  long  been  dead.  One  of  these 
was  much  younger  than  the  others.  She  was  very  beautiful 
and  gentle  and  well  beloved  by  all,  and  for  that  reason  her 
older  sisters  were  very  jealous  of  her  charms  and  treated  her 
very  cruelly.  They  clothed  her  in  rags  that  she  might  be 
ugly ;  and  they  cut  off  her  long  black  hair ;  and  they  burned 
her  face  with  coals  from  the  fire  that  she  might  be  scarred  and 
disfigured.  And  they  lied  to  their  father,  telling  him  that  she 
had  done  these  things  herself.  But  the  young  girl  was 
patient  and  kept  her  gentle  heart  and  went  gladly  about  her 
work. 

Like  other  girls,  the  chief's  two  eldest  daughters  tried  to 
win  Strong  Wind.  One  evening,  as  the  day  went  down, 
they  walked  on  the  shore  with  Strong  Wind's  sister  and 
waited  for  his  coming.  Soon  he  came  home  from  his  day's 
work,  drawing  his  sled.  And  his  sister  asked  as  usual,  "  Do 


ii8  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

you  see  him?"  And  each  one,  lying,  answered  "Yes." 
And  she  asked,  "  Of  what  is  his  shoulder  strap  made  ?  "  And 
each,  guessing,  said  "  Of  rawhide."  Then  they  entered  the 
tent  where  they  hoped  to  see  Strong  Wind  eating  his  supper ; 
and  when  he  took  off  his  coat  and  his,  moccasins  they  could  see 
them,  but  more  than  these  they  saw  nothing.  And  Strong 
Wind  knew  that  they  had  lied,  and  he  kept  himself  from 
their  sight,  and  they  went  home  dismayed. 

One  day  the  chief's  youngest  daughter  with  her  rags  and 
her  burnt  face  resolved  to  seek  Strong  Wind.  She  patched 
her  clothes  with  bits  of  birch  bark  from  the  trees,  and  put  on 
the  few  little  ornaments  she  possessed,  and  went  forth  to  try  to 
see  the  Invisible  One  as  all  the  other  girls  of  the  village  had 
done  before.  And  her  sisters  laughed  at  her  and  called  her 
"fool" ;  and  as  she  passed  along  the  road  all  the  people  laughed 
at  her  because  of  her  tattered  frock  and  her  burnt  face,  but 
silently  she  went  her  way. 

Strong  Wind's  sister  received  the  little  girl  kindly,  and  at 
twilight  she  took  her  to  the  beach.  Soon  Strong  Wind  came 
home  drawing  his  sled.  And  his  sister  asked,  "  Do  you 
see  him?"  And  the  girl  answered  "No,"  and  his  sister 
wondered  greatly  because  she  spoke  the  truth.  And  again 
she  asked,  "  Do  you  see  him  now?"  And  the  girl  answered, 
"Yes,  and  he  is  very  wonderful."  And  she  asked,  "With 
what  does  he  draw  his  sled  ?  "  And  the  girl  answered,  "With 
the  Rainbow,"  and  she  was  much  afraid.  And  she  asked 


SHE    WAS   VERY    BEAUTIFUL   AND   GENTLE 


THE    INDIAN   CINDERELLA  119 

further,  "  Of  what  is  his  bowstring  ?  "     And  the  girl  answered, 
"  His  bowstring  is  the  Milky  Way." 

Then  Strong  Wind's  sister  knew  that  because  the  girl  had 
spoken  the  truth  at  first  her  brother  had  made  himself  visible 
to  her.  And  she  said,  "Truly,  you  have  seen  him."  And  she 
took  her  home  and  bathed  her,  and  all  the  scars  disappeared 
from  her  face  and  body ;  and  her  hair  grew  long  and  black 
again  like  the  raven's  wing ;  and  she  gave  her  fine  clothes  to 
wear  and  many  rich  ornaments.  Then  she  bade  her  take  the 
wife's  seat  in  the  tent.  Soon  Strong  Wind  entered  and  sat 
beside  her,  and  called  her  his  bride.  The  very  next  day  she 
became  his  wife,  and  ever  afterwards  she  helped  him  to  do 
great  deeds.  The  girl's  two  elder  sisters  were  very  cross  and 
they  wondered  greatly  at  what  had  taken  place.  But  Strong 
Wind,  who  knew  of  their  cruelty,  resolved  to  punish  them. 
Using  his  great  power,  he  changed  them  both  into  aspen  trees 
and  rooted  them  in  the  earth.  And  since  that  day  the  leaves 
of  the  aspen  have  always  trembled,  and  they  shiver  in  fear  at 
the  approach  of  Strong  Wind,  it  matters  not  how  softly  he 
comes,  for  they  are  still  mindful  of  his  great  power  and  anger 
because  of  their  lies  and  their  cruelty  to  their  sister  long  ago. 


THE   BOY  AND   HIS  THREE   HELPERS 

A  Indian  boy  lived  alone  with  his  parents  in  the 
Canadian  forest.  His  parents  were  very  old,  and 
the  boy  took  care  of  them  and  hunted  and  provided 
them  with  food.  He  was  always  kind  to  them,  and  they  told 
him  that  because  of  his  goodness  to  them  he  would  never 
lack  happiness  and  good  fortune.  But  soon  his  parents  died, 
and  the  boy  was  left  alone  in  the  world.  He  lived  far  from 
other  people,  and  now  that  his  parents  were  gone,  he  decided 
to  leave  his  old  home  and  find  friends  elsewhere.  One  day 
before  he  left  home,  while  he  was  hunting  he  killed  a  raven 
with  his  arrow.  When  he  picked  up  the  bird  from  the  snow 
it  was  bleeding,  and  red  blood  stained  his  black,  glossy 
feathers.  He  looked  at  the  dead  bird  and  said,  "  I  wish  I 
could  find  a  comrade  whose  hair  is  as  black  as  the  raven's 
wing,  whose  skin  is  as  white  as  the  snow,  and  whose  lips  are 
as  red  as  these  blood  stains."  As  he  spoke,  an  old  man  came 
along  and  said,  "  I  will  help  you  to  find  such  a  comrade.  I 
have  heard  of  your  goodness."  So  he  gave  the  boy  a  belt  and 
told  him  to  wear  it  always,  and  that  it  would  bring  to  him 
those  who  could  help  him.  Then  he  went  away  and  the  boy 
went  back  to  his  own  home. 


1 20 


THE   BOY  AND   HIS   THREE   HELPERS    121 

The  next  day  he  left  his  old  home  and  set  out  to  see  the 
world  beyond  the  hills.  He  was  not  merry  as  he  went  on  his 
way,  for  he  did  not  gladly  leave  all  behind  him.  As  he  went 
along  he  met  a  man  on  the  trail.  One  of  the  man's  legs  was 
bent  up  at  the  knee,  and  his  foot  was  tied  to  his  thigh,  and  he 
hopped  along  on  one  foot.  The  boy  said,  "  Why  are  you 
hopping  along  on  one  foot?"  The  man  said,  "  If  I  did  not 
tie  up  my  leg,  I  would  run  so  fast  that  I  would  be  around  the 
world  in  a  few  seconds.  I  know  that  you  are  in  search  of  a 
beautiful  comrade.  I  have  come  to  go  along  with  you." 
Then  he  untied  his  leg,  and  in  a  moment  he  was  out  of  sight. 
In  a  few  seconds  he  came  back  from  the  opposite  direction. 
He  had  been  around  the  world.  So  the  man  and  the  boy 
went  along  together. 

The  next  day  they  met  a  man  on  the  trail  with  his  nose 
covered  up.  The  boy  said,  "  Why  do  you  keep  your  nose 
covered  ?  "  The  man  said,  "  If  I  did  not  keep  my  nostrils 
covered,  I  would  blow  so  hard  that  there  would  always  be  a 
whirlwind  where  I  am.  You  are  in  search  of  a  beautiful 
comrade.  I  have  come  to  help  you."  Then  he  uncovered  his 
nostrils,  and  at  once  there  was  such  a  wind  that  trees  were 
torn  down  and  the  man  and  the  boy  were  knocked  head  over 
heels.  So  the  three  went  along  together. 

The  next  day  they  saw  a  man  in  the  forest  who  was 
cutting  down  a  hundred  trees  with  one  blow  of  his  axe.  He 
said  to  the  boy,  "  You  are  in  search  of  a  beautiful  comrade. 


122  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

I  have  come  to  help  you."  So  the  four  went  along  together. 
Soon  they  came  to  a  village  where  a  great  chief  lived.  The 
chief  had  a  beautiful  daughter  ;  her  skin  was  as  white  as 
snow,  her  lips  were  as  red  as  blood,  and  her  hair  was  as  black 
and  glossy  as  the  raven's  wing.  The  boy  said,  "  She  shall  be 
my  comrade.  I  must  win  her."  So  he  went  to  the  chief  and 
made  known  to  him  his  wishes.  But  the  chief  said,  "  The 
task  of  winning  my  daughter  is  difficult  and  dangerous.  The 
men  of  your  party  must  do  very  hard  feats  of  strength.  If 
they  fail,  they  shall  all  be  put  to  death.  If  they  succeed,  you 
may  have  my  daughter.  But  I  do  not  want  to  give  her  to  a 
stranger."  The  boy  agreed  to  attempt  the  difficult  feats  and 
to  risk  his  life  and  the  lives  of  his  party  in  the  effort. 

The  first  feat  was  a  test  of  speed  between  one  of  the  boy's 
party  and  one  of  the  chief's.  The  boy  untied  his  friend's  leg, 
and  the  two  rival  runners  set  out  on  their  race.  They  were 
to  run  around  the  world.  The  boy's  runner  came  in  far  ahead 
and  won  the  race.  The  next  feat  was  a  test  of  strength  in 
moving  rocks  down  a  mountain  side.  The  boy  took  the 
Wind-Blower  to  the  mountain  top.  He  uncovered  his  nostrils, 
and  the  contest  began.  The  Wind-Blower  blew  so  hard  that 
the  rocks  on  his  side  of  the  hill  were  all  blown  down  in  an 
instant,  and  he  won  the  contest.  Then  the  chief  said,  "  The 
next  and  last  contest  is  a  test  of  skill  and  strength  in  building 
a  house  from  trees  in  the  forest.  I  want  to  see  how  quickly 
you  can  build  a  house  for  my  daughter."  Then  the  Pine 


in! )• 


lit' 

Li-Uti 


THE   CHIEF    HAD    A    BEAUTIFUL    DAUGHTER. 


THE    BOY  AND   HIS   THREE    HELPERS    123 

Chopper  went  to  work,  striving  with  the  chiefs  builder. 
With  one  blow  of  his  axe  he  felled  a  hundred  trees.  Then  he 
trimmed  them,  and  he  had  the  house  completed  before  his 
rival  had  trees  enough  cut  down.  Then  the  chief  said,  "  You 
may  take  my  daughter." 

After  the  wedding  feast  the  four  men  and  the  bride  set 
out  on  their  journey  home.  The  chief  gave  them  a  canoe  and 
told  them  to  go  home  by  sea  as  the  way  was  shorter.  So  one 
morning  they  set  out.  But  when  they  were  far  out  on  the 
ocean,  they  saw  a  great  storm  coming  behind  them  on  the 
water.  The  chief  had  sent  it  after  them  ;  he  hoped  to  drown 
them  all,  for  he  would  rather  see  his  daughter  dead  than 
wedded  to  a  stranger.  But  before  it  reached  them,  the  Wind- 
Blower  rose  in  the  canoe,  and  uncovered  his  nostrils  and  began 
to  blow.  Soon  his  breath  met  the  wind-storm  and  there  was 
a  great  struggle.  But  he  soon  overcame  the  storm  and  forced 
it  back.  The  sea  around  them  remained  calm,  and  they 
reached  the  land  unharmed.  Then  the  Pine  Chopper  built  a 
house  for  the  boy  and  his  bride.  The  boy  thanked  his  three 
friends  for  their  help.  They  told  him  that  if  he  ever  needed 
them  again  they  would  come  quickly  to  his  aid.  Then  they 
went  on  their  way.  The  boy  and  his  bride  lived  happily  in 
their  new  home.  But  he  always  kept  the  old  man's  belt  near 
him  to  aid  him  in  times  of  need. 


THE  DUCK  WITH  RED  FEET 

AtUNTER  in  old  times  lived  on  the  bank  of  a  river 
far  away  in  the  Canadian  forest.  He  passed  all 
his  days  in  the  deep  woods  where  he  had  great 
success  in  catching  and  killing  game.  There  was  no  better 
hunter  than  he  in  all  the  country.  Every  evening  he  re 
turned  to  his  home,  bringing  his  day's  catch  with  him.  His 
father  and  mother  were  both  dead  and  he  had  no  sister.  He 
had  only  one  brother.  This  brother  was  very  small.  He  was 
so  small  that  the  hunter  kept  him  in  a  little  box ;  when  he 
went  away  in  the  morning  to  hunt,  he  always  closed  the  box 
up  tight  so  that  his  little  brother  could  not  get  out,  for  he 
feared  that  if  he  got  out  harm  would  come  to  him.  Every" 
night  he  took  him  out  of  the  box  to  give  him  food,  and  the 
little  man  was  so  hungry  that  he  always  ate  a  great  lot  of  food. 
The  little  man  slept  always  with  his  brother,  but  every  morn 
ing  he  was  carefully  locked  up  in  the  box.  And  in  time  he 
grew  very  tired  of  his  prison. 

One  evening  as  the  hunter  came  down  the  river  from  his 
hunting  journey  he  saw  a  very  beautiful  girl  sitting  on  the 
bank  of  the  stream.  He  decided  he  would  catch  her  and  take 

her  home  to  be  his  wife,  for  he  was  lonely.     He  paddled  to 

124 


A   VERY    BEAUTIFUL   GIRL   SITTING    ON    THE   BANK    OF   THE    STREAM. 


THE   DUCK  WITH    RED   FEET  125 

the  beach  as  silently  as  he  could,  but  she  saw  him  coming  and 
she  jumped  into  the  water  and  disappeared.  She  went  to  her 
home  at  the  bottom  of  the  river  and  told  her  mother  that  the 
hunter  had  tried  to  catch  her.  But  her  mother  told  her  that 
she  should  not  have  run  away.  She  said,  "The  hunter  who 
tried  to  catch  you  was  intended  to  be  your  husband.  You 
must  wait  for  him  to-morrow  and  tell  him  you  will  be 
his  wife." 

The  next  night  as  the  hunter  came  down  the  river,  the  girl 
was  again  sitting  on  the  bank.  He  paddled  over  as  he  had 
done  on  the  evening  before,  but  this  time  she  did  not  run 
away.  She  said,  "  I  have  been  waiting  for  you.  You  may 
take  me  for  your  wife."  And  the  man,  well  pleased  with  his 
beautiful  prize,  placed  her  in  his  canoe  and  took  her  home. 
He  did  not  tell  her  of  his  little  brother  in  the  box.  He  cooked 
a  beaver  for  the  evening  meal.  He  and  his  wife  ate  half  of 
it,  but  he  placed  the  other  half  away  in  the  cup-board.  Then 
he  told  his  wife  to  go  to  sleep,  and  she  went  to  bed  and  soon 
fell  asleep.  When  she  awoke  in  the  morning  her  husband 
had  gone  for  his  day's  hunting,  for  he  had  to  leave  early  to  go 
a  long  distance  into  the  forest.  She  found  too  that  the  half 
of  the  beaver  he  had  put  in  the  cup-board  was  gone.  And 
she  wondered  what  had  become  of  it. 

That  evening  when  her  husband  came  home,  he  cooked 
another  beaver  for  their  meal.  Again  they  ate  one  half  of  it, 
and  the  man  placed  the  other  half  of  it  to  one  side.  But  not 


126  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

a  word  did  he  say  of  his  brother  in  the  box.  Then 
the  man  sent  his  wife  to  bed  as  on  the  previous  night,  and 
soon  she  was  fast  asleep.  When  she  awoke  in  the 
morning,  her  husband  was  gone  for  his  day's  hunting. 
The  half  of  the  beaver  which  he  had  placed  to  one  side 
was  also  gone,  but  she  knew  he  had  not  taken  it.  She 
was  afraid,  and  all  day  she  wondered  where  the  meat  had 
gone.  She  decided  that  she  would  find »  out  what  had 
happened  to  it. 

That  night  when  her  husband  came  home,  he  cooked  half 
a  small  moose  for  their  evening  meal.  They  ate  part  of  it, 
and  the  man  placed  the  remainder  of  it  to  one  side  as  usual. 
Then  he  told  his  wife  to  go  to  sleep.  She  went  to  bed  and 
pretended  to  sleep,  but  she  stayed  wide  awake,  peeping 
through  half-closed  eyelids.  When  her  husband  thought 
she  was  sleeping  soundly,  he  unlocked  a  little  box  that  stood 
on  a  low  shelf,  and  took  out  a  little  man  and  gave  him  the 
moose  meat  he  had  put  aside.  The  little  man  ate  every  bit 
of  it.  He  looked  very  strange.  He  was  all  red  from  head  to 
heels,  as  if  he  were  covered  with  red  paint,  and  he  said  not  a 
word.  When  he  had  greedily  eaten  all  the  meat,  the  man 
washed  him  and  combed  his  hair  and  then  put  him  back  in  the 
box  and  locked  him  up.  The  woman  wondered  greatly  at 
this  strange  happening,  but  she  could  not  keep  from  laughing 
heartily  to  herself  because  of  the  funny  appearance  of  the 
little  red  man. 


THE    DUCK  WITH    RED   FEET  127 

The  next  day  the  man  left  early  for  his  day's  hunting. 
When  she  was  sure  he  was  far  away,  she  thought  she  would 
take  a  peep  at  the  queer  little  red  man  in  the  box.  She  found 
the  key  hanging  on  the  wall,  and  opened  the  box  and  called  to 
the  little  man  to  come  out.  But  he  would  not  come.  He 
seemed  to  be  very  much  afraid  of  her.  She  coaxed  him  to 
come  out,  but  he  refused.  Then  she  caught  him  and  pulled 
him  out.  He  looked  at  her  for  a  long  time,  but  he  would  say 
not  a  word.  Then  he  ran  to  the  door,  which  was  open,  and 
with  a  sudden  jump  he  sprang  into  the  air  and  disappeared. 
The  woman  called  to  him  but  he  would  not  come  back.  He 
was  never  seen  again.  The  woman  was  very  much  afraid. 
But  she  was  more  frightened  when  she  looked  at  her  hands. 
They  were  all  red  because  she  had  caught  the  little  red  man, 
and  many  red  spots  were  on  her  arms  and  on  her  feet  where 
the  red  colouring  from  the  man  had  dropped.  She  tried  to 
wash  off  the  red  spots,  but  she  could  not  remove  them.  She 
washed  and  rubbed  her  hands  all  day,  but  the  stains  would 
not  come  off.  When  her  husband  came  home  in  the  evening, 
he  knew  when  he  saw  her  red  hands  what  had  happened. 
He  knew  that  his  brother  of  the  box  had  gone.  And  he  was 
very  angry.  He  seized  a  rod  and  ran  at  her  to  beat  her.  She 
was  afraid  he  would  kill  her,  and  she  ran  to  the  river  and 
jumped  in  to  go  back  to  her  old  home.  But  as  she  reached 
the  water,  she  was  changed  from  what  she  was.  At  once  she 
became  a  Sheldrake  Duck.  The  red  spots  remained  on  her, 


128  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

and  the  sea  could  not  wash  them  off.  And  to  this  day  the 
Sheldrake  Duck  has  red  stains  on  her  feet  and  feathers, 
because  she  was  curious  and  took  the  funny  little  red  man 
from  the  box  in  the  olden  days. 


THE   NORTHERN    LIGHTS 

ONE  autumn  day  in  old  times  a  woman  and  her 
infant  son  were  lost  in  the  Canadian  woods.  The 
woman  was  going  back  to  her  home  from  a  long 
journey,  and  in  some  strange  way  she  wandered  from  the 
path.  The  more  she  walked  about,  the  more  confused  she 
became,  and  for  many  days  she  searched  for  the  right  road, 
but  she  could  not  find  it.  All  the  time  she  lived  on  berries 
and  on  the  little  food  she  carried.  At  last  she  found  a  cave 
in  the  woods,  and  she  decided  to  use  it  for  a  home.  She  had 
not  been  long  in  the  cave  when  a  large  bear  came  in,  and  she 
knew  then  that  she  had  taken  refuge  in  a  bear's  den.  She 
thought  the  bear  would  kill  her  and  her  child.  But  the  bear 
was  good.  He  looked  upon  them  as  his  own  kind  and  soon 
they  all  became  friends.  The  bear  hunted  during  the  day, 
and  each  night  he  brought  to  the  cave  much  meat,  which  the 
woman  cooked.  So  they  lived  comfortably  through  the  long 
winter. 

After  a  time  the  woman's  child  grew  to  be  a  very  strong 
boy.  The  bear  taught  him  to  wrestle,  and  after  a  few  weeks' 
practice  the  boy  could  throw  down  his  teacher.  And  the 
mother  said,  "  He  will  be  a  great  warrior,"  for  she  knew  that 

K  129 


130  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

his  strength  was  more  than  human.  When  the  boy  grew 
large  and  strong  enough  to  take  care  of  his  mother,  they 
decided  to  try  to  find  the  way  back  to  their  old  home.  So 
one  day  they  said  goodbye  to  the  bear,  and  set  out  on  their 
journey.  After  many  hardships  and  dangers  they  reached 
their  native  village  where  the  people,  who  had  thought  them 
dead,  received  them  with  great  rejoicing.  The  boy  continued 
to  grow  in  strength  until  the  people  said  they  had  never  seen 
anyone  so  powerful.  There  was  no  limit  to  his  strength. 

One  day  the  boy  said  to  his  mother,  "  I  am  going  to 
travel  far  away  until  I  find  other  men  who  are  as  strong  as  I 
am.  Then  my  strength  will  be  tested  and  I  will  come  back 
to  you."  His  mother  agreed  that  he  should  go,  and  one 
morning  he  set  out  on  his  strange  journey.  He  came  to  the 
bank  of  a  river,  and  there  he  saw  a  man  standing  not  far 
ahead  of  him.  As  he  looked,  a  large  canoe  came  drifting 
down  the  river,  filled  with  people.  They  had  lost  their 
paddles.  One  of  the  people  called  to  the  man  on  the  bank 
and  asked  him  to  help  them  to  land.  The  man  put  out  a 
long  pole  and  placed  the  end  of  it  under  the  canoe,  and  lifted 
the  canoe  and  all  the  people  to  the  beach.  "  There,"  thought 
the  boy,  "  is  a  man  as  strong  as  I  am."  Then  the  boy  ran  to 
the  spot  and  picked  up  the  canoe  full  of  people  and 
carried  it  up  to  the  bank.  He  spoke  to  the  man  and  told 
him  of  his  own  great  strength.  Then  he  said,  "We  are  two 
strong  men.  Let  us  go  along  together  until  we  find  a  third 


THE   NORTHERN    LIGHTS  131 

man  as  strong  as  we  are."  The  man  agreed,  and  he  went 
along  with  the  boy.  They  travelled  far  that  day,  and  in  the 
afternoon  they  came  to  a  country  of  high  rocky  hills.  It  was 
a  lonely  and  silent  place,  and  no  people  seemed  to  be  living  in 
it.  At  last  they  saw  a  man  rolling  a  large  stone  up  the  side  of 
a  mountain.  The  stone  was  as  large  as  a  house,  and  the 
mountain  was  very  steep,  but  the  man  rolled  the  stone  up  with 
ease.  He  had  rolled  it  half  way  up  when  the  two  strangers 
came  along.  The  boy  picked  up  the  stone  and  threw  it 
to  the  top  of  the  mountain  without  difficulty.  And  the  roller- 
man  looked  at  them  with  great  wonder.  Then  the  boy  told 
him  of  the  strength  of  himself  and  his  comrade,  and  said, 
"We  are  three  strong  men.  Let  us  go  hunting  together.'* 
The  man  agreed,  and  the  three  went  along  together. 

They  built  a  house  for  themselves,  to  live  in  while  they 
hunted.  They  agreed  that  only  two  of  them  should  go  away 
at  once  to  hunt,  and  that  the  other  should  stay  at  home 
to  look  after  the  place  and  to  prepare  the  evening  meal.  They 
decided  that  each  should  stay  at  home  in  his  turn.  The  next 
day,  the  man  of  the  river  bank  who  had  lifted  the  canoe 
stayed  at  home.  Towards  evening  he  got  ready  for  the  coming 
of  his  comrades,  and  he  cooked  a  good  meal  to  have  waiting 
for  them.  Just  as  he  had  finished  cooking  it,  a  small  boy 
came  in  and  asked  for  food.  He  was  very  small  and  worn 
and  ragged,  and  the  man  pitied  him  and  told  him  to  eat  what 
he  wanted.  The  boy  ate  and  ate  until  he  had  eaten  all  the 


132  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

food  prepared  for  the  three  strong  men.  Then  he  went  away 
and  disappeared  in  the  side  of  the  mountain.  When  the  two 
hunters  came  home  they  were  very  hungry,  and  they  were 
cross  when  they  heard  that  their  meal  had  all  been  eaten  up. 
And  they  vowed  vengeance  on  the  little  glutton  who  had 
taken  all  their  food. 

The  next  day  it  was  the  turn  of  the  stone-rolling  man  to 
stay  at  home.  In  the  evening  he  cooked  a  good  meal  for 
himself  and  his  comrades.  But  before  the  hunters  came 
home,  the  little  boy  came  in  again  and  asked  for  food.  He 
looked  so  small  and  worn  and  he  cried  so  bitterly  that  the 
man  did  not  have  the  heart  to  send  him  away,  arid  he  told 
him  to  eat  what  he  wanted.  The  boy  ate  and  ate  until  not 
a  scrap  of  food  was  left.  Then  he  laughed  and  went  out  and 
disappeared  in  the  mountain.  When  the  two  hunters  came 
home,  they  were  again  very  cross  to  find  that  their  food  had 
all  been  eaten  up  by  a  tiny  boy. 

The  next  day  the  strong  boy  stayed  at  home,  while  the 
canoe-lifter  and  the  stone-roller  went  hunting.  In  the  even 
ing  the  small  boy  came  again,  just  as  he  had  done  on  the  two 
previous  days.  He  wept  and  asked  for  food.  The  strong  boy 
told  him  to  eat  what  he  wanted.  He  ate  and  ate  as  before, 
until  he  had  eaten  up  the  whole  meal.  Then  he  got  up  to  go 
out.  But  the  strong  boy  caught  him  and  held  him  fast. 
There  was  a  long  struggle,  for  the  tiny  boy  was  very  powerful, 
and  he  was  almost  a  match  for  the  strong  boy.  But  at  last 


THE   NORTHERN   LIGHTS  133 

he  was  thrown  down,  and  he  pleaded  for  his  life.  The  strong 
boy  said  he  would  spare  him  on  condition  that  he  would  take 
him  to  his  home.  He  wanted  to  see  what  kind  of  a  place  he 
lived  in.  And  the  small  boy  agreed.  Then  the  strong  boy 
went  with  him  to  the  side  of  the  mountain.  When  they 
reached  it,  the  little  boy  said,  "  I  am  the  servant  of  a  terrible 
giant,  who  has  never  been  defeated  in  battle.  I  think  you  can 
overcome  him.  Take  this  stick  and  beat  him  with  it,  for  it  is 
the  only  thing  that  can  give  him  pain."  Then  he  gave  him  a 
stick  that  lay  on  the  ground,  and  they  went  on  to  the  giant's 
cave  in  the  side  of  the  hill.  When  they  went  in,  the  giant 
sprang  upon  the  strong  boy.  There  was  a  long  fight.  It 
lasted  for  a  whole  day,  and  at  last  the  strong  boy  overcame 
the  giant  and  beat  him  dead  with  the  magic  stick.  Then  the 
little  boy  said,  "  I  will  reward  you  for  freeing  me  from  my 
terrible  master.  I  have  three  beautiful  sisters,  and  you  may 
have  whichever  one  you  want  for  your  wife."  He  took  the 
strong  boy  to  his  home  in  a  cave  far  down  in  a  valley  on  the 
other  side  of  a  mountain,  and  there  they  found  the  three 
beautiful  girls.  The  strong  boy  took  the  youngest  one  for 
himself,  and  he  took  the  other  two  for  his  two  comrades. 
When  they  came  out  of  the  cave,  the  strong  boy  found  that 
they  would  have  a  very  hard  path  to  climb  up  the  steep  side 
of  the  mountain.  Then  luckily,  as  he  thought,  he  saw  his 
two  strong  comrades  standing  on  the  top  of  the  high  cliff  far 
above  him.  They  saw  him  and  the  three  girls  far  below  them. 


134  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

He  called  to  them  to  let  down  a  rope,  and  said,  "The  three 
girls  I  have  with  me  cannot  climb  the  steep  path.  You  must 
pull  them  up."  So  the  men  above  let  down  a  strong  cord  and 
the  strong  boy  sent  up  the  two  oldest  girls  first,  one  at  a  time. 
Then,  before  sending  up  his  own  choice,  the  youngest,  he 
thought  he  would  test  the  loyalty  of  his  comrades.  They 
were  standing  far  back  from  the  top  of  the  cliff,  holding  the 
rope,  and  they  could  not  see  the  boy  and  the  girl  below.  The 
boy  tied  a  heavy  stone  to  the  end  of  the  rope,  and  called,  <(  I 
am  going  up  next.  Pull  away."  The  men  pulled  and  pulled 
until  they  had  drawrn  the  weight  near  the  top  of  the  cliff. 
Then  they  cut  the  rope,  and  down  crashed  the  stone  to  the 
bottom  of  the  cliff,  where  it  broke  into  many  pieces.  The 
men  above  hoped  that  they  had  killed  their  comrade.  They 
did  not  think  that  he  had  meant  the  two  fairy  wives  for  them, 
so  they  decided  to  kill  him.  But  they  were  outwitted  by  the 
boy  and  the  stone.  "  That  is  a  fine  way  to  reward  my  kind 
ness,"  said  the  boy  to  his  girl  companion  when  he  saw  the 
stone  in  pieces  on  the  rocks.  As  he  spoke  he  looked  up  and 
saw  the  two  fairy  girls  running  away  from  the  two  men 
above,  who  were  left  all  alone.  Then  with  the  magic  help  of 
the  little  boy,  the  girls'  brother,  the  strong  boy  at  once 
punished  the  two  men  by  making  them  follow  the  girls. 
They  followed  them  on  and  on,  but  they  never  found  them. 
And  they  still  follow  them  ;  they  wander  always,  and  they  are 
never  at  rest. 


THE    NORTHERN    LIGHTS  135 

Then  the  strong  boy  left  the  little  boy  behind  him  to  look 
after  himself,  and  he  took  his  fairy  wife  and  climbed  up  the 
path  and  went  to  live  far  away  in  the  forest.  For  a  time  they 
lived  very  happily.  One  day  the  boy  said,  "  I  am  going  back 
to  my  old  home  to  see  my  people.  You  must  wait  here,  and 
in  a  few  days  I  shall  come  back."  The  girl  did  not  want  him 
to  go ;  she  feared  he  would  forget  her  ;  but  he  told  her  that  he 
must  go.  Then  she  said,  "When  you  reach  your  home,  a 
small  black  dog  will  meet  you  at  the  door.  It  will  jump  to 
lick  your  hand.  But  do  not  let  it  touch  you.  It  is  an  evil 
spirit  in  disguise,  and  if  it  licks  your  hand  you  will  forget  all 
about  me  and  you  will  not  come  back  to  me."  The  man  pro 
mised  to  be  on  his  guard,  and  he  set  out  for  his  native  place, 
leaving  his  wife  behind  him.  Soon  he  reached  his  home,  and 
as  he  opened  the  door,  sure  enough  the  black  dog  of  which 
his  wife  had  spoken  jumped  towards  him.  Before  the  strong 
boy  could  turn  aside,  the  dog  licked  his  hand  as  his  wife  had 
said.  Then  he  forgot  all  about  his  old  life  in  the  forest ;  and 
he  lived  with  never  a  thought  of  the  fairy  girl  he  had  left 
behind  him  far  away. 

His  wife  waited  long  for  him  to  come  back.  Then  she 
knew  that  her  husband  had  forgotten  her  because  of  the  black 
dog,  and  late  in  the  autumn  she  set  out  to  find  him.  Soon 
she  came  to  the  place  where  he  dwelt.  It  was  morning,  and 
she  decided  to  hide  until  night,  and  then  go  to  his  home. 
She  went  to  a  stream  that  ran  beside  the  village,  and  climbed 


136  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

into  a  tree  that  stretched  out  over  the  water.  Near  by  was  an 
old  house  in  which  an  old  man  lived.  The  old  man  came  to 
the  brook  for  water,  and  as  he  bent  down  to  fill  his  pail,  he 
saw  the  face  of  the  beautiful  girl  in  the  tree  reflected  in  the 
stream.  He  called  to  her  to  come  down  from  the  tree.  He 
had  never  seen  a  creature  so  lovely.  He  brought  her  to  his 
tent  and  gave  her  food,  and  he  told  her  that  her  husband  had 
gone  far  up  the  river  to  hunt.  In  the  evening  she  went  along 
the  river  to  wait  for  her  husband  as  he  came  home.  When 
she  saw  him  coming  in  his  canoe,  she  sat  on  the  bank  of  the 
stream  and  sang  her  magic  song.  It  was  a  song  of  wonderful 
melody,  such  as  only  fairy  maidens  can  sing,  and  the  sound 
went  far  over  the  water  and  charmed  all  who  heard  it.  When 
her  husband  heard  the  song,  he  stopped  to  listen.  He  soon 
knew  that  the  music  was  that  of  his  fairy  wife  of  the  forest, 
for  no  one  else  on  earth  could  sing  so  wonderful  a  song. 
Then  his  old  life  in  the  forest  came  back  to  his  mind,  with 
memories  of  the  two  strong  men  and  the  tiny  boy  and  the 
three  fairy  girls.  And  he  remembered  his  wife  to  whom  he 
had  promised  to  return.  Then  he  paddled  his  canoe  to  the 
bank,  and  found  his  wife,  and  they  were  happy  again.  It  was 
a  cold  autumn  night  and  the  moon  was  full,  and  his  wife  said, 
"We  must  not  stay  here.  This  is  a  wicked  place  where  men 
forget.  If  you  stay  here,  you  will  forget  me  again."  Then 
she  shuddered  when  she  thought  that  her  husband  might 
forget  her  again,  and  he  shuddered  when  he  thought  that  he 


SHE   CLIMBED    INTO  A  TREE  THAT  STRETCHED  OUT  OVER  THE   WATER. 


THE   NORTHERN   LIGHTS  137 

might  lose  her  again.  And  they  continued  to  tremble  in  fear. 
Then  she  said,  "We  must  go  to  another  land.  It  is  a  more 
beautiful  land  than  this.  It  is  the  Land  of  Eternal  Memory 
where  men  and  women  never  forget  those  they  loved.  I  know 
where  it  is.  We  will  go  to  it."  Then  she  sang  her  magic 
song,  and  at  once  a  great  bird  came  through  the  air  to  where 
they  sat.  And  still  trembling  in  fear  lest  they  should  forget 
each  other,  they  sprang  to  the  bird's  back,  and  the  bird  carried 
them  up  to  the  sky.  And  there  they  were  changed  into 
Northern  Lights.  And  you  can  still  see  them,  with  their 
children  around  them,  on  autumn  nights  in  the  north  country, 
beautiful  in  the  northern  sky.  And  they  still  tremble  when 
they  think  of  the  Land  of  Forgetful  ness  they  have  left  and 
of  the  pain  it  caused  them  in  the  old  days  of  their  youth. 


THE   BOY  AND  THE   ROBBERS'   MAGICAL 

BOOTY 

AERY  rich  Seigneur  lived  once  in  a  large  town.  He 
had  three  beautiful  daughters  and  one  son.  The  son 
was  but  a  baby.  The  Seigneur  wasted  his  money  in 
wicked  living.  He  spent  much  of  his  time  in  feasting  and 
drinking  and  gambling.  His  wife  and  daughters  were  much 
troubled.  Soon  his  money  was  all  gone.  But  he  decided 
that  he  would  have  to  get  more  somewhere,  for  he  wished  to 
continue  in  his  evil  ways  of  living.  One  day  he  met  a  man 
in  the  fields.  The  man  said,  "  I  have  heard  of  your  beautiful 
daughters.  Will  you  give  me  the  eldest  for  my  wife  ? "  The 
Seigneur  said,  "You  may  have  one  if  you  pay  me  a  great 
sum  of  money."  So  the  man  paid  the  money  and  took  the 
eldest  girl  away.  Then  the  Seigneur  went  back  to  his  old 
ways.  He  spent  his  money  on  worthless  friends,  and  he  was 
idle  for  a  long  time.  Soon  his  money  was  all  gone.  One 
day  in  the  fields  he  met  another  man.  The  man  said,  "  I 
have  heard  of  your  beautiful  daughters.  Will  you  give  me 
the  oldest  one  at  home  for  my  wife?"  The  Seigneur  said, 
"  You  may  take  her  if  you  will  give  me  a  great  sum  of  money 

for  her."     The  man  paid  him  the  money  and  took  the  second 

138 


THE  BOY  AND  THE  MAGICAL  BOOTY      139 

girl  away.  Then  the  Seigneur  spent  this  money  as  he  had 
spent  all  the  rest.  Soon  it  wasl  all  gone,  and  he  looked  for 
more.  Again  he  met  a  man  in  the  fields,  and  he  sold  him  his 
youngest  daughter  for  a  great  sum  of  money.  So  the  three 
girls  were  sold  to  strangers.  No  one  knew  where  they  had 
gone  or  what  had  become  of  them.  Their  mother  often  wept 
over  them.  Only  her  little  baby  boy  was  left  with  her.  The 
Seigneur  soon  died  because  of  his  wicked  life,  but  he  had  not 
used  up  all  the  money  he  had  received  for  the  third  girl,  and 
he  left  some  of  it  behind.  When  the  little  boy  grew  up  he 
went  to  school.  His  mother  had  told  him  nothing  of  his 
three  lost  sisters.  But  his  playmates  in  school  told  him,  for 
they  had  heard  their  parents  speak  of  them.  They  told  him 
that  his  father  had  sold  them,  and  that  no  one  knew  where 
they  were.  When  he  asked  his  mother  about  it  she  would 
not  tell  him  at  first ;  but  at  last  she  told  him  all,  and  she 
wept  because  she  did  not  know  where  her  daughters  had 
gone. 

The  boy  decided  to  go  in  search  of  his  sisters.  His 
mother  said  good-bye  to  him  and  wished  him  good  luck. 
He  passed  through  a  lonely  forest.  As  he  went  along,  he 
came  upon  three  robbers  sitting  on  a  grass  plot  under  the 
trees.  They  were  quarrelling  about  something.  The  boy 
stood  and  watched  them.  He  heard  one  of  the  robbers  say, 
"The  boy  will  decide  for  us."  And  the  others  agreed.  They 
called  the  boy  to  them,  and  one  of  them  said,  "We  have  here 


140  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

a  coat,  a  sword,  and  a  pair  of  shoes  which  we  have  stolen. 
All  these  things  have  magical  power.  The  coat  can  make  its 
wearer  invisible ;  the  shoes  can  make  the  wearer  run  faster 
than  the  winds  ;  and  the  sword  can  overcome  all  enemies.  We 
cannot  agree  on  how  to  divide  the  booty.  We  want  you  to 
be  umpire  in  our  dispute  and  decide  for  us."  The  boy  said 
he  would  decide  the  question,  but  first  he  must  think  about 
it.  Then  the  robbers  set  about  preparing  their  evening  meal. 
One  gathered  wood  for  a  fire ;  another  went  to  a  stream  for 
water;  and  the  third  looked  after  the  food.  When  their 
backs  were  all  turned  to  the  boy,  he  put  on  the  strange  coat 
and  shoes  and  took  the  sword.  At  once  he  was  invisible. 
The  robbers  soon  prepared  their  meal,  and  looked  for  the  boy. 
He  was  nowhere  to  be  seen,  and  the  magical  coat  and  shoes 
and  sword  had  gone  with  him.  Then  they  knew  that  he  had 
outwitted  them,  and  they  were  very  angry. 

The  boy  waved  his  sword  and  wished  himself  at  the  home 
of  his  eldest  sister.  Away  he  went  at  once,  running  like  the 
wind,  and  in  an  instant  he  stood  before  a  very  large  house. 
He  went  in  and  asked  to  see  the  mistress  of  the  place.  When 
she  came  to  him  he  called  her  "  sister."  But  she  greeted  him 
coldly,  and  said,  "  I  have  no  brother  big  enough  to  travel." 
But  he  told  her  of  her  old  home,  and  soon  convinced  her 
that  he  was  indeed  her  brother.  She  was  very  glad  to  see 
him.  She  told  him  that  her  husband  was  a  very  wonderful 
man  who  could  do  wonderful  deeds.  Soon  her  husband 


THE  BOY  AND  THE  MAGICAL  BOOTY      141 

came  home.  He  was  pleased  to  see  his  brother-in-law,  and 
they  all  had  a  very  happy  time  together  for  several  days. 

Then  the  boy  decided  to  go  on  and  find  his  second  sister. 
When  he  was  leaving,  his  brother-in-law  gave  him  a  scale 
from  a  fish's  back,  and  said,  "This  has  very  wonderful 
power.  If  you  ever  get  into  trouble,  speak  to  it  and  it  will 
bring  you  help  from  the  sea."  Then  the  boy  waved  his 
sword  and  wished  himself  at  the  home  of  his  second  sister. 
At  once  he  stood  before  a  great  house.  The  mistress  received 
him  coldly,  just  as  her  elder  sister  had  done,  until  he  convinced 
her  that  he  was  indeed  her  brother.  She  told  him  that  her 
husband  was  a  very  wonderful  man  who  had  great  power. 
Soon  her  husband  came  home  and  greeted  him  kindly,  and 
they  had  a  happy  time  together  for  many  days. 

Then  the  boy  decided  to  go  on  and  find  his  youngest  sister. 
Before  he  left,  his  second  brother-in-law  gave  him  a  small 
lock  of  soft  wool,  and  said,  "This  has  great  power.  If  you 
ever  get  into  trouble,  speak  to  it  and  it  will  bring  you  help 
from  the  fields."  Then  the  boy  waved  his  sword  and  wished 
himself  at  the  home  of  his  youngest  sister.  She  received 
him  as  the  others  had  done ;  but  he  soon  convinced  her  that 
he  was  her  brother,  and  he  found  that  her  husband  was  a 
man  of  great  power. 

The  boy  stayed  with  them  a  long  time.  Then  he  decided 
to  set  out  to  find  a  wife.  His  sister  told  him  that  in  a  town 
far  away  lived  a  very  rich  Seigneur  who  had  two  beautiful 


142  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

daughters.  He  said,  "  I  will  go  and  win  the  younger." 
Before  he  left,  his  third  brother-in-law  gave  him  a  small 
feather,  and  said,  "This  has  wonderful  power.  If  you  ever 
get  into  trouble,  speak  to  it  and  it  will  bring  you  help  from 
the  air."  Then  the  boy  waved  his  sword  and  wished  himself 
at  the  house  of  the  rich  Seigneur.  And  at  once  he  reached 
the  village,  going  faster  than  the  winds.  Before  going  to  the 
Seigneur's  house  he  went  into  a  house  on  the  border  of  the 
village.  Two  old  women  were  there.  They  received  him 
kindly.  He  told  them  he  had  come  far  to  seek  the  Seig 
neur's  younger  daughter.  They  said,  "The  Seigneur's  elder 
daughter  is  to  be  married  to-morrow,  but  she  will  not  be  long 
with  her  husband."  "Why?"  said  the  boy.  They  wondered 
at  the  boy's  ignorance.  They  said,  "  Have  you  not  heard  of 
the  Giant  of  the  Sea-cave?"  He  said  he  had  not.  Then 
they  took  him  to  the  window,  and  pointed  to  a  high  cliff  far 
across  the  bay.  The  waves  were  breaking  at  its  base  and 
the  spray  dashed  high  on  its  side.  But  he  could  see  a  hole 
like  a  door  in  the  face  of  the  cliff.  One  of  the  old  women 
said,  "  In  that  cave  lives  the  Giant  of  the  Sea.  As  soon  as  a 
girl  is  married  in  this  land,  he  carries  her  off  to  the  cave  and 
she  is  never  heard  of  again.  His  cave  is  full  of  brides.  He 
cannot  be  killed,  for  he  keeps  the  secret  of  his  life  hidden 
where  no  one  can  find  it.  He  is  the  terror  of  all  the  country." 
The  boy  said  nothing,  but  he  decided  to  kill  the  giant. 

The  boy  then  went  on  to  the  Seigneur's  home  to  see  the 


THE  BOY  AND  THE  MAGICAL  BOOTY      143 

wedding  of  the  Seigneur's  elder  daughter.  There  was  a 
great  gathering,  and  there  was  much  rejoicing,  for  the  people 
did  not  think  that  the  giant  would  carry  off  the  Seigneur's 
daughter.  But  during  the  wedding  feast  the  bride  disappeared 
and  was  seen  no  more.  The  people  knew  that'  the  giant  had 
taken  her,  and  there  was  great  sadness. 

Then  the  boy  went  to  the  Seigneur  and  told  him  that  he 
wanted  to  marry  his  younger  daughter.  The  Seigneur  said, 
"  Little  good  it  will  do  you  to  marry  her,  for  she  will  be 
carried  off  at  once  by  the  Giant  of  the  Sea."  "  But  I  can  kill 
the  giant,"  said  the  boy.  "  No  man  can  do  that,"  said  the 
Seigneur.  Then  the  boy  convinced  him  of  his  power,  and 
the  Seigneur  consented  to  the  marriage.  The  next  day  the 
wedding  feast  was  held.  There  was  but  little  gladness,  for 
the  people  knew  that  the  Seigneur's  only  remaining  child 
would  soon  be  stolen  away  by  the  Giant  of  the  Sea.  Sure 
enough,  at  the  feast,  the  bride  disappeared  ;  she  was  taken  to 
the  giant's  cave.  There  was  much  sadness  among  the  people, 
but  the  boy  said,  "To-morrow  I  will  go  and  bring  her 
back." 

The  next  day  the  boy  put  on  his  magical  coat  and  shoes 
and  took  his  sword  and  went  to  the  giant's  cave.  The  hole 
in  the  cliff  was  closed  up  and  he  could  not  enter,  but  he  cut 
a  hole  in  the  rock  with  his  sword  and  went  in.  He  found 
himself  in  a  very  large  room.  Many  women  sat  around  in  a 
circle,  all  sad  and  weeping,  but  all  very  beautiful.  In  the  circle 


i44  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

sat  his  own  wife.  At  the  back  of  the  cave  sat  the  terrible 
Giant  of  the  Sea.  They  could  not  see  the  boy  because  of  his 
magical  coat.  Soon  the  giant  said  quickly,  "There  is  a 
wedding  in  the  town,"  and  disappeared.  Then  the  boy  made 
his  presence  known  to  his  wife.  He  told  her  to  ask  the  giant 
when  he  came  back  where  the  secret  of  his  life  was  hidden. 
He  told  her  not  to  fear,  for  he  would  rescue  her.  He  had 
time  to  say  but  few  words  when  the  giant  came  back,  bringing 
a  bride  with  him.  Then  the  boy's  wife  said  to  the  giant, 
"Where  do  you  keep  the  secret  of  your  life?"  He  said, 
"  No  one  has  ever  asked  me  that  before,  and  since  you  are 
the  first  to  ask  me,  I  will  tell  you.  I  keep  it  in  a  box  far  out 
in  the  sea.  It  is  in  an  iron  box.  There  are  seven  boxes,  one 
inside  the  other.  It  is  in  the  inside  box."  Then  he  told  her 
the  exact  spot  where  the  box  was  hidden.  Then  she  said, 
"Where  do  you  keep  the  keys?"  He  said,  "They  are 
hidden  beside  the  box." 

When  the  boy  heard  this,  he  went  away  from  the  cave  and 
sat  on  the  shore.  He  took  out  his  fish-scale  and  told  it  what 
he  wished,  and  at  once  help  came  to  him  from  the  sea,  as  his 
brother-in-law  had  promised.  A  large  whale  swam  to  him 
and  said,  "What  do  you  want?"  The  boy  said,  "  Bring  me 
the  iron  box  and  the  keys  that  lie  at  the  bottom  of  the  ocean." 
He  told  him  where  to  find  them.  At  once  the  whale  went  off, 
and  soon  returned  with  the  box  and  the  keys.  But  the  keys 
were  rusty  and  the  boy  could  not  open  the  lock.  Then  he 


MANY   WQMEN    SAT  AROUND    IN   A   CIRCLE,   ALL   SAD   AND  WEEPING. 


THE  BOY  AND  THE  MAGICAL  BOOTY      145 

took  out  his  lock  of  wool  and  told  it  what  he  wished,  and  at 
once  help  came  to  him  from  the  fields.  A  large  sheep  came 
running  to  him  and  said,  "What  do  you  want?"  The  boy 
said,  "  Break  open  this  box  and  each  box  you  find  inside." 
Then  the  sheep  butted  with  his  horns  the  outer  box  until  he 
broke  it,  and  butted  each  one  until  he  broke  them  all.  When 
he  broke  the  last  one  the  boy  was  not  on  his  guard,  and  the 
giant's  secret  of  life  flew  out  and  escaped  into  the  air.  Then 
the  boy  took  out  his  feather,  and  told  it  what  he  wished.  At 
once  a  great  bird  like  a  goose  came  flying  through  the  air, 
and  said,  "  What  do  you  want?"  The  boy  said,  "  Bring  me 
the  giant's  secret  of  life ;  it  has  just  escaped  from  the  box 
and  is  flying  in  the  air."  The  bird  flew  away  and  soon  came 
back  with  his  prisoner — the  giant's  secret  of  life — and  the 
boy  killed  it  with  his  magical  sword.  Then  he  went  to  the 
cave.  He  was  still  invisible.  The  giant  had  lost  his  power, 
for  the  secret  of  his  life  had  been  found  and  killed.  So  the 
boy  easily  killed  him  with  his  sword.  Then  the  boy  removed 
his  magical  coat  and  showed  himself  to  the  brides  who  sat  in 
the  cave.  He  brought  them  all  back  to  the  Seigneur's  home 
and  their  husbands  came  and  claimed  them.  The  Seigneur 
gave  the  boy  a  large  house  near  to  his  own,  and  there  the 
boy  and  his  wife  lived  happily.  And  the  boy  sent  for  his 
mother,  and  brought  her  to  live  with  him  and  his  wife. 
Soon  the  Seigneur  died.  He  left  all  his  money  and  his 
possessions  to  the  boy,  and  the  boy  became  Seigneur  in  his 


H6  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

stead,  and  was  lord  of  all  the  land.  He  lived  to  be  very  old, 
and  he  did  many  wonderful  deeds  with  the  sword  and  the 
shoes  and  the  coat  which  he  had  taken  from  the  robbers  in 
the  forest. 


THE   COMING   OF   THE   CORN 

IN  old  times  there  dwelt  on  the  shores  of  a  great  lake 
a  mighty  warrior.  His  people  had  all  been  driven  far 
away  inland  by  hostile  tribes,  but  he  remained  behind  to 
roam  over  the  islands  in  the  Lake  and  to  send  his  people 
word  of  any  approaching  attack.  His  wife  was  dead  ;  she 
had  been  killed  by  treacherous  foes.  He  had  two  little  boys, 
and  he  kept  them  with  him  in  his  wanderings  by  the  Lake. 
He  was  a  great  magician  as  well  as  a  man  of  great  strength 
and  he  had  no  fear  in  his  heart.  The  islands  in  the  Lake 
were  haunted  by  spirits  or  "  manitous,"  but  the  man  was  not 
afraid  of  them,  and  with  his  boys  he  paddled  his  canoe  up 
and  down,  watching  for  signs  of  his  foes.  Each  night  he 
landed  in  a  cove,  and  pulled  his  canoe  far  up  among  the  trees, 
and  slept  in  the  woods  out  of  the  sight  of  travellers.  But 
he  found  it  very  hard  to  get  game  and  fish,  and  often  his  boys 
were  very  hungry. 

One  morning  at  dawn  of  day  he  rose  and  went  to  find 
food  for  breakfast.  He  left  his  little  boys  asleep  under  the 
trees.  He  walked  through  the  forest  until  he  came  suddenly 
upon  a  wide  and  open  red  plain.  There  was  not  a  tree  or  a 
rock  or  a  blade  of  grass  upon  it.  He  set  out  across  the  plain, 

147 


i48  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

and  when  he  reached  the  middle  of  it,  he  met  a  small  man 
with  a  red  feather  in  his  cap.  "  Where  are  you  going  ?  " 
said  the  little  man.  "  I  am  going  across  the  plain  to  the 
woods  on  the  other  side,"  said  the  man  ;  "  my  boys  are  hungry 
without  food,  and  I  am  looking  for  game."  "  How  strong 
are  you  ? "  said  the  little  man.  "I  am  as  strong  as  the  human 
race,"  said  the  man,  "but  no  stronger."  "My  name  is  Red 
Plume,"  said  the  little  man  ;  "  we  must  wrestle.  If  you 
should  make  me  fall,  say  to  me  '  I  have  thrown  you ' ;  if  you 
should  overcome  me  you  will  never  want  for  food,  for  you 
will  have  other  nourishment  than  fish  and  game."  They 
smoked  their  pipes  for  a  long  while,  and  then  they  wrestled. 
They  wrestled  for  a  long  time.  The  warrior  was  growing 
weak,  for  the  little  man  was  very  strong.  But  at  last  he 
threw  Red  Plume  down  and  cried,  "  I  have  thrown  you." 
And  at  once  the  little  man  disappeared.  When  the  warrior 
looked  on  the  ground  where  his  opponent  had  fallen,  he  saw 
only  a  crooked  thing  like  an  acorn,  with  a  red  tassel  on  it. 
He  picked  it  up  and  looked  at  it,  and  as  he  looked,  a  voice 
from  it  said,  "Take  off  my  outside  covering;  split  me  into 
many  parts,  and  throw  the  parts  over  the  plain  ;  scatter  every 
bit  of  me  ;  throw  my  spine  near  the  woods.  Then  in  a  month 
come  back  to  the  plain."  The  warrior  did  as  he  was  told, 
and  then  went  back  to  his  boys.  On  the  way  he  killed  a 
rabbit  and  cooked  it  for  breakfast.  He  did  not  tell  his  boys 
what  he  had  seen. 


HE   CAME   SUDDENLY   UPON    A    WIDE    AND   OPEN    RED   PLAIN. 


THE   COMING  OF  THE   CORN  149 

At  the  end  of  a  month  he  went  alone  again  to  the  plain. 
In  the  place  where  he  had  scattered  the  pieces  of  the  strange 
object,  he  found  blades  of  strange  grass  peeping  green  above 
the  ground.  And  where  he  had  thrown  the  pieces  of  the 
spine  near  the  wood,  little  pumpkins  were  growing.  He 
did  not  tell  his  boys  what  he  had  found.  All  summer  he 
watched  for  his  foes,  and  in  the  autumn  he  went  again  to  the 
place  where  he  had  thrown  down  the  man  of  the  Red  Plume. 
The  plain  was  covered  with  Indian  corn  in  the  ear,  and  there 
were  also  pumpkins  of  great  size  near  the  woods.  The  corn 
was  golden  yellow,  and  red  tassels  grew  from  the  top  of  the 
ears.  He  plucked  some  ears  of  corn  and  gathered  some  of 
the  pumpkins  and  set  out  to  find  his  boys.  Then  a  voice 
spoke  from  the  corn.  He  knew  it  at  once  to  be  the  voice  of 
the  man  of  the  Red  Plume.  It  said,  "  You  have  conquered 
me.  If  you  had  failed,  you  would  still  have  lived,  but  often 
you  would  have  hungered  as  before.  Henceforth  you  shall 
never  want  for  food,  for  when  game  and  fish  are  scarce  you 
will  have  bread.  And  I  will  never  let  the  human  race  lack 
food  if  they  keep  me  near  them."  So  corn  came  to  the 
Indians  in  olden  times,  and  never  afterwards  did  they  want 
for  food. 

When  the  man  came  to  his  boys,  he  told  them  what  he 
had  found.  He  ground  some  of  the  corn  between  stones,  and 
made  bread  from  the  meal,  and  he  cooked  a  pumpkin  and  ate 
it.  Then  he  thought  of  his  poor  old  father  and  mother  far 


ISO  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

away  beyond  the  hills,  perhaps  without  food.  So  that  night 
he  took  his  boys  and  travelled  far  through  the  forest  until  he 
found  his  parents.  He  told  them  of  his  meeting  with  the  man 
of  the  Red  Plume  and  of  the  coming  of  the  corn.  And  he 
brought  them  back  with  him  to  the  "manitou"  islands  near 
the  shores  of  the  great  lake.  And  ever  afterwards  the 
fields  were  fruitful  and  corn  was  abundant  and  never 
failed  in  the  land  where  Red  Plume  fell. 


THE    DANCE   OF   DEATH 

ONCE  long  ago  there  lived  on  the  banks  of  a  beautiful 
Canadian  river  a  powerful   Indian  tribe.      In  the 
tribe  was  a  very  handsome  young  man,  very  brave 
and  a  great  hunter.     He  was  loved  by  a  young  Indian  girl 
who  was  likewise  very  beautiful.     But  the  young  man  re 
pulsed  her  love  ;  he  was  a  great  warrior  ;  he  was  busy  getting 
ready  for  the  autumn  and  winter  hunt  and  he  had  little  time 
for  such  nonsense  as  love.     He  frankly  told  the  young  girl 
that  he  did  not  love  her  and  that  she  must  follow  him  no 
more. 

Now,  the  young  girl  was  very  angry,  for  she  was  proud 
and  beautiful  and  of  a  high  temper,  and  she  was  little  used  to 
have  her  desires  refused.  She  had  a  very  strange  power 
which  the  Spirit  of  the  Night  had  placed  in  her  cradle  at  her 
birth.  It  was  a  power  by  which  she  could  do  great  harm  to 
mankind,  but  she  had  never  used  it  in  all  her  life.  But  now 
in  her  anger  she  said  to  the  young  man  as  he  went  away  with 
his  comrades,  "You  may  go;  but  you  will  never  return  as 
you  go."  The  young  man  gave  no  heed  to  her  words ;  he 
neither  cared  for  her  nor  feared  her,  and  with  a  merry  heart 
he  went  his  way  with  his  companions. 


152  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

One  day  many  weeks  later,  when  they  were  far  away  in  the 
North  Country  in  the  land  of  ice  and  snow,  the  young  man 
became  suddenly  ill.  Then  he  went  raging  mad  with  what 
the  Indians  call  the  wild  "madness  of  the  woods."  The  girl's 
strange  power  was  upon  him.  In  the  band  of  hunters  was 
the  young  man's  older  brother,  a  very  strong  and  powerful 
man.  He  knew  what  ailed  his  brother.  He  went  to  the  river 
and  sang  the  strange  weird  song  that  calls  the  Evil  Spirit  of 
the  Stream  to  man's  assistance.  Now  this  was  a  very 
dangerous  thing  to  do,  for  the  Spirit  of  the  Stream  had  no 
love  for  cowards  ;  but  the  man  being  brave  had  no  fear,  as  he 
wished  to  save  his  brother's  life.  After  the  usual  custom,  he 
dared  the  Evil  Spirit  of  the  Stream  to  come  to  him.  Soon  the 
monster  appeared  in  answer  to  the  challenge,  its  great  eyes 
shining  like  fire  on  the  water  and  its  horns  rising  above  the 
surface.  It  asked  the  man  what  he  wished,  and  the  man 
answered,  "  I  wish  you  to  help  me ;  I  wish  my  brother  to  be 
in  his  right  mind  again  and  free  from  the  maiden's  wicked 
power."  Then  the  monster  said,  "You  may  have  what  you 
wish  if  you  are  not  afraid  "  ;  and  the  man  said  that  he  feared 
nothing.  And  the  monster  asked,  "  Do  you  fear  me  ?"  And 
the  man  said  "  No."  Then  said  the  monster,  "  Take  hold  of 
my  horns  and  scrape  them  with  your  knife."  The  man  did  as 
he  was  told,  and  he  scraped  and  scraped  until  he  had  taken  a 
handful  of  powder  from  the  monster's  horns. 

The  monster  wondered  at  the  man's  bravery  and  said, 


IN  THE  TRIBE    WAS   A   VERY    HANDSOME    YOUNG    MAN. 


THE   DANCE   OF   DEATH  153 

"  Go  to  your  camp  now  ;  put  half  the  scrapings  into  a  cup  of 
water  and  give  it  to  your  brother  to  drink  ;  put  the  other  half 
in  another  cup  of  water  and  give  it  to  the  maiden  to  drink 
when  you  go  back  home,  and  all  will  be  well."  Then  the 
Indian  returned  to  the  camp  and  did  as  the  monster  had  told 
him,  and  his  brother  drank  the  powdered  water  and  soon  got 
back  his  senses  and  his  strength. 

When  the  hunt  was  ended,  the  band  returned  home.  It 
was  night  in  the  spring-time  when  they  reached  their  village ; 
the  snow  had  already  left  the  ground  and  the  trees  were 
in  bud.  In  a  great  tent  in  the  village  the  annual  Spring 
Dance  was  in  progress,  and  all  the  people  of  the  place  were 
gathered.  Among  them  was  the  maiden  lover  dancing 
merrily  with  the  rest.  None  of  the  hunting  band  entered  the 
tent,  but  they  watched  the  dance  from  outside  the  door.  The 
elder  brother  had  mixed  a  drink  as  the  Evil  Spirit  of  the 
Stream  had  told  him,  by  placing  the  remainder  of  the  powder 
in  a  cup  of  water.  And  he  stood  at  the  door  waiting  for  his 
chance  to  give  it  to  the  girl.  The  night  was  hot  and  still,  and 
he  knew  that  the  dancers  would  soon  grow  warm  and  thirsty. 
At  last  the  maiden  lover  came  to  the  door  to  breathe  the  cool 
night  air  ;  the  man  passed  her  the  cup,  and  without  looking 
at  him  or  knowing  him  she  took  it  and  gladly  drained  it  dry 
because  of  her  great  thirst ;  then  she  went  back  to  the  dance. 

Then  a  very  strange  shadow  came  upon  her.  When  she 
began  to  dance  she  was  a  young  and  beautiful  girl,  the 


154  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

loveliest  of  all  the  maidens  in  the  land.  But  after  she  had 
drunk  the  magic  cup  she  grew  gradually  older.  Her  friends 
noticed  the  change  and  stood  rooted  with  terror ;  the  tales  of 
their  parents  came  back  to  their  memories  ;  they  knew  that 
the  girl  was  now  passing  through  the  Dance  of  Death  from 
which  no  power  could  save  her.  Their  fears  were  well 
founded.  At  each  turn  of  the  dance,  a  year  was  added  to  the 
girl's  life ;  the  colour  faded  slowly  from  her  cheeks  ;  her 
shoulders  slowly  stooped  ;  wrinkles  appeared  upon  her  face  ; 
her  hands  trembled  as  if  palsied  ;  her  feet  lost  their  nimble- 
ness  and  her  tread  was  no  longer  light.  She  was  growing  old 
in  the  Dance  of  Death.  Yet  she  was  unconscious  of  it  all, 
and  her  life  ebbed  away  without  her  knowing  it.  At  last  she 
reached  the  end  of  the  room,  tottering  to  the  music  of  the 
dance ;  but  old  age  was  now  upon  her,  and  she  fell  dead  upon 
the  floor.  Her  power  over  the  young  man  was  forever  ended, 
for  the  Spirit  of  the  Stream  had  brought  about  the  Dance  of 
Death.  "She  will  trouble  you  no  more,"  said  the  elder 
Indian  to  his  brother  as  he  gazed  upon  the  shrunken  face  and 
form,  "her  dance  is  forever  ended."  The  people  wondered 
greatly  at  the  strange  happening  and  their  merry-making  was 
hushed  ;  and  since  that  day  the  Indians  in  silent  fear  still 
point  you  on  the  river  to  the  scene  of  the  Dance  of  Death. 


THE   FIRST   PIG  AND   PORCUPINE 

A  MAN  and  his  wife  lived  once  long  ago  in  the 
Canadian  forest.  They  lived  far  away  from  other 
people,  and  they  found  it  very  lonely.  They  were 
very  poor,  for  game  was  not  plentiful,  yet  they  were  always 
happy  and  contented.  They  had  only  one  child,  a  boy,  whom 
they  loved  well.  The  boy  grew  up  to  be  very  strong  and 
clever.  But  he  was  often  lonely  without  any  companions  but 
his  parents.  The  birds  and  the  animals  of  the  woods  were  his 
friends,  because  he  was  kind  to  them  and  they  looked  upon 
him  as  a  comrade.  At  last  he  grew  tired  of  his  lonely  life. 
He  longed  for  adventure.  So  one  day  he  said  to  his  parents, 
"  I  am  going  far  away  to  see  other  men  and  women  and  to  do 
great  deeds."  His  parents  did  not  want  to  let  him  go  at  first, 
for  they  would  be  very  lonely  without  him.  But  they  knew 
that  he  could  never  become  great  where  he  was,  and  they 
consented  to  let  him  go. 

The  next  morning  he  set  out  on  his  journey.  He  travelled 
all  day.  At  night  he  slept  on  the  ground  under  the  stars. 
In  the  morning  Rabbit  came  to  where  he  lay  and  woke  him 
up.  Rabbit  said,  "  Hello,  friend  ;  where  are  you  going?"  "  I 
am  going  to  find  people,"  said  the  boy.  "That  is  what  I 


156  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

want  to  do  too,"  said  Rabbit;  "we  shall  go  together."  So 
they  went  on  together.  They  travelled  a  long  distance 
through  the  forest.  They  crossed  many  small  streams  and 
climbed  many  hills.  At  last  they  heard  voices  through  the 
trees,  and  soon  they  saw  not  far  in  front  of  them  an 
Indian  village.  Rabbit  hid  among  the  trees,  but  the  boy 
went  forward  alone  to  see  the  people.  The  people  were  all 
kind  to  him  and  gave  him  food  and  asked  him  to  stay  with 
them.  But  they  were  all  very  sad  and  many  of  them  were 
weeping.  The  boy  asked  them  what  was  the  matter.  They 
said,  "  The  Chief  has  a  very  beautiful  daughter,  and  word  has 
come  to  us  that  to-morrow  a  great  giant  is  coming  to  eat  her  up. 
It  will  be  useless  to  send  her  away,  for  the  giant  will  follow 
her.  He  is  a  very  terrible  monster  and  cannot  be  killed." 
Then  they  continued  to  weep  and  lament. 

The  boy  went  out  to  the  woods  and  told  Rabbit  what  he 
had  heard.  He  said,  "We  had  better  go  on  our  way  so  that 
we  may  be  far  off  when  the  giant  comes."  But  Rabbit  said, 
"  No.  Go  back  to  the  people  and  tell  them  you  can  save  the 
Chiefs  daughter.  Have  no  fear.  When  night  comes  bring 
the  girl  here  to  me  and  I  will  save  her."  So  the  boy  went 
back  to  the  people  and  told  them  not  to  fear,  for  he  would  save 
the  girl  from  the  giant.  They  laughed  at  him  at  first,  for 
everyone  who  had  attempted  to  stop  the  giant  had  been  killed. 
But  when  they  saw  that  the  boy  was  quite  sure  of  his  power, 
they  listened  to  him.  They  went  to  the  Chief  and  told  him 


THE    FIRST   PIG  AND   PORCUPINE         157 

what  the  stranger  had  said.  Then  the  Chief  sent  for  him  and 
said,  "  If  you  can  save  my  daughter  from  the  giant,  she 
shall  be  yours." 

When  evening  came,  the  boy  brought  the  girl  to  where 
Rabbit  was  waiting.  Rabbit  had  a  little  carriage  ready, 
drawn  by  two  little  squirrels.  When  he  spoke  to  the  squirrels 
they  grew  until  they  were  as  large  as  dogs.  They  all  got 
into  the  carriage,  the  boy  and  the  girl  and  Rabbit,  and  away 
went  the  squirrels.  It  was  a  clear  summer  night  and  the 
moon  was  full.  The  road  was  hard,  and  they  ran  along 
rapidly  over  the  road  among  the  trees,  and  soon  they  reached 
a  village  far  away.  They  came  to  a  tent  on  the  bank  of 
a  stream.  The  boy  went  in  and  found  only  an  old  woman. 
She  said,  "  Death  is  not  far  away  from  you.  The  giant  is 
close  on  your  heels."  Then  she  wept.  She  told  them  to  go 
to  the  river,  for  her  husband  was  there.  So  they  went  to  the 
river.  Rabbit  and  his  squirrels  stayed  behind  to  see  what 
the  giant  would  do.  The  boy  and  girl  found  an  old  man 
fishing  from  the  bank.  He  said,  "  Death  is  not  far  away  from 
you,  for  the  giant  is  close  on  your  tracks.  But  I  will  help 
you."  He  sprang  into  the  water,  and  lay  there  and  spread  out 
his  arms  and  legs.  Then  he  said,  "  Stand  on  my  back."  So 
they  stepped  to  his  back.  They  feared  at  first  that  they  would 
fall  off ;  but  at  once  he  grew  as  large  as  a  big  canoe,  and  he 
swam  with  them  across  the  river.  When  they  landed  on 
the  other  side  they  turned  to  look  at  him  and  they  saw  then 


158  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

that  he  was  old  Sea  Duck,  the  boy's  friend.  He  pointed  to 
a  high  mountain.  "  Go  to  the  mountain,"  he  said,  "  and 
there  you  will  find  Rabbit."  Then  he  swam  away. 

The  boy  and  the  girl  went  towards  the  mountain.  But 
they  heard  the  giant  roaring  behind  them  and  splashing  in  the 
stream  as  he  crossed.  When  they  reached  the  foot  of  the 
mountain,  he  was  almost  upon  them.  At  the  foot  of  the 
mountain  Rabbit  was  waiting  for  them.  The  side  of  the 
mountain  was  very  steep.  It  was  almost  perpendicular. 
Rabbit  took  a  long  pole  and  held  it  up.  "Climb  this,"  he 
said.  As  the  boy  and  the  girl  climbed,  the  pole  lengthened 
until  they  stepped  from  it  to  the  top  of  the  mountain.  Rabbit 
climbed  up  after  them  with  his  squirrels.  The  giant  saw 
them  all  from  the  foot  of  the  mountain  and  climbed  up  the 
pole  after  them.  But  when  he  was  near  the  top,  the  boy 
pushed  the  pole  out  and  it  fell  backwards,  taking  the  giant 
with  it.  The  giant  was  killed  by  the  fall.  Then  the  boy  and 
the  girl  and  Rabbit  got  into  the  squirrel  carriage.  They  went 
quickly  down  the  other  side  of  the  mountain,  and  over  the 
moonlit  road  until  they  came  to  the  girl's  native  village. 
When  they  reached  the  border  of  the  village,  Rabbit  said, 
"  Now,  old  friend,  good-bye.  I  must  go  away.  But  if  ever 
again  you  are  in  trouble,  I  will  help  you  if  I  can."  Then 
Rabbit  and  his  squirrels  went  away.  The  boy  brought  the 
girl  back  to  the  Chief's  home.  The  people  all  wondered 
greatly  to  see  her  alive.  The  Chief  said  to  the  boy,  "You 


FROM    THE    BEACH    CAME    A    LARGE    WHITE    SEA   GULL. 


THE   FIRST   PIG  AND   PORCUPINE         159 

may  have  her  as  your  wife."  So  they  were  married  and 
a  great  wedding  feast  was  held. 

But  two  young  men  of  the  girl's  village  were  very  angry 
because  the  girl  had  married  a  stranger.  Each  wanted  her 
for  himself.  So  they  decided  to  kill  her  husband.  They  asked 
him  to  go  fishing  with  them  far  out  to  sea.  The  next  day  the 
boy  went  with  them  to  the  deep-sea  fishing  place.  It  was  a 
long  sail.  When  they  were  almost  out  of  sight  of  land,  the 
boy's  enemies  threw  him  overboard  before  he  could  defend 
himself,  and  sailed  away  leaving  him  struggling  in  the  water. 
The  boy  called  for  help.  Not  far  away  was  a  small  island, 
and  from  the  beach  came  a  large  white  Sea  Gull  in  answer  to 
his  cries.  When  Sea  Gull  saw  his  plight  he  said,  "  Have  no 
fear,  old  friend,  I  will  help  you."  Sea  Gull  flew  away  and  the 
boy  lay  on  his  back  and  floated  with  the  tide.  Soon  Sea  Gull 
came  back  carrying  a  long  cord.  He  let  down  one  end  of  it 
and  told  the  boy  to  hold  on  to  it  tight.  Then  he  said,  "  It  is 
a  long  swim  to  the  island.  But  I  will  tow  you  there."  And 
Sea  Gull  towed  him  to  the  island,  and  left  him  there,  saying, 
"  I  am  very  tired  after  such  a  long  pull.  I  can  go  no  farther. 
Good-bye,  old  friend.  Others  will  help  you." 

As  the  boy  sat  shivering  on  the  island  beach,  Fox  came 
along.  "  Hello,  old  friend,"  said  Fox.  "What  are  you  doing 
here?"  The  boy  told  him  what  had  happened,  and  said,  "  I 
am  very  hungry."  Fox  said,  "  I  have  no  food  for  you,  but  I 
can  help  you  in  another  way."  Then  Fox  picked  a  blade  of 


160  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

grass  from  the  bank  and  said,  "  Eat  it."  The  boy  ate  it  and 
at  once  he  was  changed  into  a  horse  and  ate  grass  until  he  was 
full  and  his  hunger  had  left  him.  When  Fox  saw  that  he 
was  full,  he  gave  him  another  blade  of  grass,  and  said,  "  Eat 
it."  He  ate  it  and  at  once  he  was  changed  back  to  a  boy. 
Then  Fox  said,  "When  night  comes,  I  will  take  you  home, 
for  there  is  no  boat  on  the  island."  So  they  waited  for  the 
evening.  When  night  came  and  the  moon  came  out  they 
went  to  the  water's  edge.  They  could  see  the  lights  of  the 
village  far  away  across  the  sea.  "  Catch  hold  of  my  tail,"  said 
Fox,  "  and  hang  on  tight."  The  boy  caught  Fox's  tail  and 
Fox  swam  away,  towing  the  boy  behind  him.  The  sea  was 
very  rough,  and  the  waves  ran  high,  and  the  boy  thought  he 
would  never  reach  the  land.  But  he  held  on  tight  and  after 
some  hours  they  came  to  the  shore.  Fox  said,  "  Good-bye, 
old  friend.  I  must  go  no  farther.  But  if  you  are  ever  again 
in  trouble,  call  me  and  I  will  help  you."  Then  Fox  ran  away 
along  the  beach. 

The  boy  made  a  fire  and  dried  his  clothes  and  then  went 
to  the  village.  The  people  all  wondered  greatly  to  see  him 
alive.  They  thought  he  was  dead.  They  said,  "To-morrow 
one  of  the  men  who  took  you  fishing  is  to  marry  your  wife. 
He  told  her  you  had  drowned  yourself  because  you  were  sorry 
you  had  married  her.  Then  he  asked  her  to  be  his  wife  and 
she  consented."  The  boy  went  to  his  old  home  and  there 
found  his  wife.  She  was  very  frightened  when  she  saw  him, 


THE   FIRST   PIG  AND   PORCUPINE         161 

for  she  thought  he  had  come  back  from  the  land  of  the  dead. 
He  told  her  of  the  treachery  of  the  two  men.  She  wept,  but 
he  said,  "  Do  not  weep,  but  rejoice,  for  I  shall  punish  the  two 
men  to-morrow.  There  will  be  no  wedding  feast  for  them  as 
they  expected."  The  next  morning  the  boy  went  to  the  Chief, 
his  father-in-law,  and  told  him  what  had  happened.  The 
Chief  said,  "  Put  the  two  men  to  death."  But  the  boy  said, 
"  No,  I  have  a  better  form  of  punishment."  Then  he  called 
Fox.  When  Fox  came,  he  said  to  him,  "  Bring  me  two 
blades  of  grass  that  can  change  men  into  beasts,  such  as 
you  used  to  change  me  yesterday."  Fox  ran  away  and  soon 
came  back  with  the  grass.  The  boy  took  the  two  blades,  and 
went  to  the  men  who  had  tried  to  drown  him.  He  said, 
"  Here  is  some  sweet  grass  I  found  under  the  sea.  Taste  it." 
And  each  took  a  blade  and  ate  it.  At  once  they  were  changed. 
One  became  a  pig  and  the  other  became  a  porcupine,  and  both 
had  coarse  hair  or  bristles  all  over  them,  and  they  had  noses 
of  a  strange  and  funny  shape.  The  boy's  punishment  of  his 
enemies  was  then  complete.  He  said,  "  Live  now  despised  by 
men,  with  your  noses  always  to  the  ground."  So  the  first  pig 
and  the  first  porcupine  appeared  upon  the  earth. 


M 


THE   SHROVE  TUESDAY  VISITOR 

IN  olden  times  in  Canada,  Shrove  Tuesday,  the  day  before 
the  beginning  of  Lent,  was  more  strictly  observed  than 
it  is  to-day.  The  night  was  always  one  of  great  merri 
ment  and  feasting.  Boys  and  girls  of  the  villages  and 
country  places  gathered  there  for  the  last  time  before  the  long 
period  of  quiet.  They  danced  until  midnight,  but  the  youth 
or  maiden  who  dared  to  dance  after  the  hour  of  twelve  was 
henceforth  followed  with  little  luck.  This  rule  was  not  often 
broken,  for  when  it  was  broken  the  Spirits  of  Evil  always 
walked  the  earth  and  brought  disaster  to  the  youthful  dancers. 
In  a  remote  village  on  the  banks  of  a  great  river  there 
dwelt  in  the  seventeenth  century  a  French  peasant,  a  kind 
and  devout  old  man.  He  had  but  one  child,  a  daughter. 
She  was  a  handsome  girl,  and  naturally  enough  she  had 
many  suitors  among  the  young  men  of  the  place.  One  of 
these  she  prized  above  all  the  others,  and  she  had  promised 
to  become  his  wife.  On  the  evening  of  the  Shrove  Tuesday 
before  the  date  set  for  the  wedding,  as  was  the  custom  the 
young  people  of  the  village  gathered  at  her  home.  It  was  a 
simple  but  joyous  gathering,  the  last  which  the  girl  could 

attend  before  her  marriage.     Right  merrily  the  dance  went 

162 


THE    NIGHT  WAS   ALWAYS   ONE   OF   GREAT   MERRIMENT  AND    FEASTING. 


THE   SHROVE   TUESDAY  VISITOR         163 

on,  and  all  the  guests  were  in  high  spirits.  Soon  after  eleven 
o'clock  a  sleigh  drawn  by  a  great  coal-black  horse  stopped  at 
the  door.  It  contained  but  one  man.  Without  knocking  at 
the  door,  the  new-comer  entered.  The  rooms  were  crowded, 
but  the  rumour  soon  spread  whisperingly  around  that  a  new 
presence  had  appeared,  and  the  simple  villagers  strove  to  get 
a  look  at  the  tall  figure  in  fine  clothes.  The  old  man  of  the 
house  received  the  stranger  kindly  and  offered  him  the  best 
he  had  in  his  home,  for  such  was  the  custom  in  the  old  days. 
One  thing  the  gathering  particularly  noted — the  stranger 
kept  his  fur  cap  on  his  head,  and  he  did  not  remove  his 
gloves  ;  but  as  the  night  was  cold  this  caused  but  little 
wonder. 

After  the  silence  caused  by  the  stranger's  entrance  the 
music  swelled,  and  again  the  dance  went  on.  The  new-comer 
chose  the  old  man's  daughter  as  his  partner.  He  came  to 
her  and  said,  "  My  pretty  lass,  I  hope  you  will  dance  with  me 
to-night,  and  more  than  once,  too."  "  Certainly,"  replied  the 
girl,  well  pleased  with  the  honour,  and  knowing  that  her 
friends  would  envy  her.  During  the  remainder  of  the  even 
ing  the  stranger  never  left  her  side,  and  dance  after  dance 
they  had  together.  From  a  corner  of  the  room  the  girl's 
lover  watched  the  pair  in  silence  and  anger. 

In  a  small  room  opening  from  that  in  which  the  dancers 
were  gathered  was  an  old  and  pious  woman  seated  on  a  chest 
at  the  foot  of  a  bed,  praying  fervently.  She  was  the  girl's 


1 64  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

aunt.     In  one  hand  she  held  her  beads,  with  the  other  she 
beckoned  to  her  niece  to  come  to  her. 

"It  is  very  wrong  of  you,"  she  said,  "to  forsake  your 
lover  for  this  stranger ;  his  manner  is  not  pleasing  to  me. 
Each  time  I  utter  the  name  of  the  Saviour  or  the  Virgin 
Mary  as  he  passes  the  door,  he  turns  from  me  with  a  look  of 
anger."  But  the  girl  paid  no  heed  to  her  aunt's  advice. 

At  last  it  was  midnight,  and  Lent  had  come.  The  old  man 
gave  the  signal  for  the  dance  to  cease.  "  Let  us  have  one 
more  dance,"  said  the  stranger.  "  Just  one  more,"  pleaded 
the  girl;  "my  last  dance  before  my  marriage."  And  the 
old  man  wishing  to  please  his  only  child, — for  he  loved  her 
well, — consented,  and  although  it  was  already  Ash  Wednes 
day  the  dance  went  on.  The  stranger  again  danced  with  the 
girl.  "You  have  been  mine  all  the  evening,"  he  whispered; 
"why  should  you  not  be  mine  for  ever?"  But  the  girl 
laughed  at  his  question.  "  I  am  a  strange  fellow,"  said  the 
stranger,  "  and  when  I  will  to  do  a  thing  it  must  be  done.  Only 
say  yes,  and  nothing  can  ever  separate  us."  The  girl  cast  a 
glance  towards  her  dejected  lover  in  the  corner  of  the  room.  "  I 
understand,"  said  the  stranger.  "  I  am  too  late  ;  you  love  him." 

"Yes,"  answered  the  girl,  "I  love  him,  or  rather  I  did 
love  him  once,"  for  the  girl's  head  had  been  turned  by  the 
attentions  of  the  stranger. 

"That  is  well,"  said  the  stranger ;  "  I  will  arrange  all,  and 
overcome  all  difficulties.  Give  me  your  hand  to  seal  our  plight." 


THE   SHROVE   TUESDAY  VISITOR         165 

She  placed  her  hand  in  his,  but  at  once  she  withdrew  it 
with  a  low  cry  of  pain.  She  had  felt  in  her  flesh  the  point 
of  some  sharp  instrument  as  if  the  stranger  held  a  knife  in 
his  hand.  In  great  terror  she  fainted  and  was  carried  to  a 
couch.  At  once  the  dance  was  stopped  and  the  dancers 
gathered  around  her,  wondering  at  the  sudden  happenings. 
At  the  same  time  two  villagers  came  in  and  called  the  old 
man  to  the  door  to  see  a  strange  sight  without.  The  deep 
snow  for  many  yards  around  the  stranger's  horse  and  sleigh 
had  melted  in  the  hour  since  his  arrival,  and  a  large  patch  of 
bare  ground  was  now  showing.  Terror  soon  spread  among 
the  guests ;  they  spoke  in  whispers  of  fear,  and  shrank  from 
the  centre  of  the  room  to  the  walls  as  if  eager  to  escape;  but 
the  old  man  begged  them  not  to  leave  him.  The  stranger 
looked  with  a  cold  smile  upon  the  dread  of  the  company. 
He  kept  close  to  the  couch  where  the  girl  was  slowly  coming 
back  to  life.  He  took  from  his  pocket  a  beautiful  necklace, 
and  said  to  her,  "  Take  off  the  glass  beads  you  wear,  and  for 
my  sake  take  this  beautiful  necklace."  But  to  her  glass 
beads  was  attached  a  little  cross  which  she  did  not  want  to 
part  with,  and  she  refused  to  take  his  gift. 

Meanwhile,  in  the  home  of  the  priest,  some  distance  away, 
there  was  a  strange  happening.  While  he  prayed  for  his 
flock  the  old  priest  had  fallen  asleep.  He  saw  in  his  slumber 
a  vision  of  the  old  man's  home  and  what  was  happening 
there.  He  started  quickly  from  his  sleep  and  called  his 


1 66  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

servant  and  told  him  to  harness  his  horse  at  once,  for  not 
far  away  a  soul  was  in  danger  of  eternal  death.  He  hurried 
to  the  old  man's  home.  When  he  reached  there,  the  stranger 
had  already  unfastened  the  beads  from  the  girl's  neck  and 
was  about  to  place  his  own  necklace  upon  her  and  to  seize 
her  in  his  arms.  But  the  old  priest  was  too  quick  for  him. 
He  passed  his  sacred  stole  around  the  girl's  neck  and  drew 
her  towards  him,  and  turning  to  the  stranger  he  said, 
"What  art  thou,  Evil  One,  doing  among  Christians?"  At 
this  remark  terror  was  renewed  among  the  guests ;  some 
fell  to  their  knees  in  prayer ;  all  were  weeping,  for  they  knew 
now  that  the  stranger  with  the  stately  presence  and  the  velvet 
clothes  was  the  Spirit  of  Evil  and  Death.  And  the  stranger 
answered,  "  I  do  not  know  as  Christians  those  who  forget 
their  faith  by  dancing  on  holy  days.  This  fair  girl  has 
chosen  to  be  mine.  With  the  blood  that  flowed  from  her 
hand  she  sealed  the  compact  which  binds  her  to  me  for 
ever." 

In  answer,  the  old  curd  struck  the  stranger  hard  across 
the  face  with  his  stole,  and  repeated  some  Latin  words  which 
none  of  the  guests  understood.  There  was  a  great  crash,  as 
if  it  thundered,  and  in  a  moment  amid  the  noise  the  stranger 
disappeared;  with  his  horse  and  sleigh  he  had  vanished  as 
mysteriously  and  quickly  as  he  had  come. 

The  guests  were  long  in  recovering  from  their  fear,  and 
all  night  they  prayed  with  the  curd  that  their  evil  deeds 


THE   SHROVE   TUESDAY  VISITOR          167 

might  be  forgiven.  That  she  might  be  cleansed  from  her 
sins  and  that  her  promise  to  the  stranger  might  be  rightly 
broken,  the  girl  entered  a  convent  to  pass  the  remainder  of 
her  life.  A  few  years  later  she  died.  And  since  that  day  in 
her  little  village  on  the  banks  of  the  great  river,  the  Shrove 
Tuesday  dancers  have  always  stopped  their  dance  at  mid 
night  ;  for  youths  and  maidens  still  keep  in  mind  the  strange 
dancer  in  the  fine  clothes  who  wooed  the  peasant's  only 
daughter  and  almost  carried  her  off. 


THE   BOY  OF  GREAT  STRENGTH   AND 
THE   GIANTS 

ON  the  banks  of  a  mighty  river  near  a  great  lake  in 
the  West,  there  lived  in  old  times  a  boy  who  was 
very  small  in  size.  As  he  grew  older  he  did  not 
grow  larger,  and  he  remained  very  tiny.  He  lived  alone  with 
his  sister,  who  was  older  than  he.  His  sister  looked  upon 
him  as  a  child  and  made  him  toys  to  play  with.  One  day  in 
winter  he  asked  his  sister  to  make  him  a  ball  to  play  with  on 
the  ice  of  the  river.  And  she  made  him  a  ball  out  of  strong 
cord.  The  boy  played  on  the  ice,  throwing  the  ball  in  front 
of  him  and  running  after  it  as  it  rolled  to  see  if  he  could 
catch  it.  At  last  the  ball  went  very  far  in  front  of  him  and 
the  wind  blew  it  along  so  that  it  did  not  stop  rolling.  He 
followed  it  a  long  distance  and  he  saw  in  front  of  him  four 
giant  men  lying  on  the  ice  spearing  fish.  When  he  came 
close  to  them,  they  looked  at  him  and  laughed,  and  one  said, 
"  See  what  a  tiny  mite  is  here,"  but  they  did  not  speak  to 
him.  The  boy  was  very  cross  because  they  had  laughed  at 
his  small  size,  and  he  thought,  "  I  shall  teach  them  that  I 
am  powerful  although  I  am  small." 

As  the  boy  passed  them  on  his  way  back,  he  saw  four 

1 68 


THE   BOY  OF   GREAT   STRENGTH          169 

large  fish  lying  on  the  ice  beside  them.  He  took  the  one 
nearest  to  him  and  ran  away  as  fast  as  he  could.  When  the 
giant  who  owned  the  fish  looked  up,  he  saw  the  boy  running 
away,  and  he  said  to  his  companions,  "The  small  boy  has 
stolen  my  fish."  When  the  boy  reached  home,  his  sister 
asked  him  where  he  had  got  the  fish,  and  he  answered  that 
he  had  found  it  on  the  ice.  "  How  could  you  get  it  there  ?  " 
she  asked,  but  he  would  not  answer ;  he  merely  said,  "  Go 
and  cook  it."  So  they  cooked  it  and  ate  it  for  their  evening 
meal. 

The  next  day  the  boy  played  again  on  the  ice  of  the  river. 
The  giant  men  were  again  fishing.  When  he  came  up  to 
where  they  were,  his  ball  rolled  into  a  hole  through  which 
they  fished.  He  asked  one  of  the  men  to  hand  him  his  ball, 
but  the  man  laughed  at  him  and  pushed  the  ball  under  the 
ice  with  his  spear.  Then  the  boy  caught  the  man's  arm  and 
twisted  it  until  he  broke  it,  for  he  had  great  strength  ;  he 
picked  his  ball  from  under  the  ice  and  went  home.  The  man 
with  the  broken  arm  called  his  comrades  and  showed  them 
what  had  happened,  and  they  all  swore  that  they  would  kill 
the  boy. 

The  next  day  the  four  giant  brother  fishermen  set  out  to 
find  the  boy.  Soon  they  reached  his  home  among  the  rocks 
on  the  bank  of  the  river.  The  boy's  sister  heard  the  noise  of 
their  snow  shoes  on  the  crusted  snow  as  they  came  near,  and 
she  ran  into  the  house  in  great  fear.  But  the  boy  said, 


170  CANADIAN   WONDER   TALES 

"  Have  no  fear ;  give  me  something  to  eat."  She  gave  him 
food  on  a  dish  which  was  made  from  a  magic  shell,  and  he 
began  to  eat.  Just  then  the  men  came  to  the  door  and  were 
about  to  push  it  open  when  the  boy  turned  his  dish  up-side- 
down  and  at  once  the  door  was  closed  with  a  large  stone. 
Then  the  men  tried  to  crack  the  stone,  and  at  last  they  made 
a  small  hole  in  it.  One  of  them  put  his  eye  to  the  hole  and 
peeped  in,  but  the  boy  shot  an  arrow  into  his  eye  and  killed  him. 
Then  the  others,  not  knowing  what  had  caused  their  brother 
to  fall,  peeped  through  the  hole,  and  each  one  was  killed  in 
his  turn  by  an  arrow  shot  through  his  eye. 

Then  the  boy  went  out  and  cut  them  into  small  pieces,  and 
as  he  did  so  he  said,  "  Henceforth  let  no  man  be  bigger  than 
your  pieces  are  now."  So  men  became  of  their  present  size, 
and  they  have  never  since  grown  to  giant  stature. 

When  the  springtime  came,  the  boy's  sister  made  him 
new  bows  and  arrows.  He  took  one  of  the  arrows  and  shot 
it  far  out  into  the  lake.  Then  he  swam  out  after  it,  while  his 
sister  in  fear  watched  him  from  the  shore  and  called  to  him  to 
come  back.  But  he  cried  loudly,  "  Fish  of  the  red  fins,  come 
and  swallow  me."  And  at  once  a  great  fish  came  and 
swallowed  him.  Then  his  sister  tied  an  old  moccasin  to  a 
strong  cord  and  fastened  it  to  a  tree  that  grew  out  over  the 
lake.  And  the  fish  said  to  the  boy,  "  What  is  that  floating  in 
the  water  ?  "  And  the  boy  said,  "  Take  hold  of  it  and  swallow 
it."  The  fish  swallowed  it  and  was  held  fast  to  the  tree 


HE    SAW    FOUR    LARGE    FISH    LYING   ON   THE    ICE. 


THE   BOY  OF   GREAT   STRENGTH          171 

by  the  cord.  Then  the  boy  took  hold  of  the  line  and  pulled 
himself  and  the  fish  to  the  shore.  His  sister  cut  the  fish  open 
and  let  the  boy  out.  Then  they  cut  up  the  fish  and  dried  it, 
and  the  boy  told  his  sister  never  again  to  doubt  his  strength, 
for  although  he  was  small  he  was  very  powerful.  And  since 
that  time,  men  have  never  grown  larger  than  he,  but  although 
small  they  have  had  power  over  all  other  creatures. 


THE  STRANGE  TALE  OF  CARIBOU 
AND  MOOSE 


r  ^WO  widows  lived  side  by  side  in  the  forest.     Their 

husbands  had  long  been  dead.  Each  widow  had  a 
-^-  little  boy.  Ono*boy  was  called  Caribou ;  the  other 
was  called  Moose.  One  springtime  the  widows  were  gather 
ing  maple  sap  to  make  sugar.  The  two  boys  played  at  home. 
They  talked  of  the  great  forest,  and  decided  to  travel,  to  see 
the  big  woods  and  the  mountains  far  away.  In  the  morning 
they  set  out  on  their  journey.  They  walked  all  day,  and  in 
the  evening  they  came  to  a  camp  far  away  in  the  woods. 
The  camp  was  that  of  the  Porcupines.  The  Porcupines  were 
kind  to  the  boys,  and  gave  them  food.  In  the  morning  tl^ey 
gave  them  new  moccasins,  and  told  them  the  road  to  follow. 
The  road,  they  said,  had  many  giants. 

The  boys  travelled  all  day  without  mishap.  At  last  they 
came  to  the  edge  of  the  wood  where  the  giants  lived.  Here 
they  met  a  woman.  She  was  half  Indian,  for  her  mother 
was  an  Indian  woman  who  had  been  carried  off  by  a  giant.  Her 
mother  had  long  been  dead.  The  woman  they  met  knew 
that  the  boys  were  of  her  mother's  people,  and  she  treated 

them  kindly.     She  told  them  that  ahead  of  them  were  three 

172 


IN  THE  EVENING  THEY  CAME  TO  A  CAMP. 


THE   TALE   OF   CARIBOU   AND   MOOSE     173 

great  giants  they  would  have  to  overcome  before  they  could 
pass  on  their  way.  She  gave  them  a  box  containing  two 
dogs.  The  box  was  very  small ;  it  could  be  hidden  in  one 
hand.  The  dogs  were  no  bigger  than  a  fly,  but  when  they 
were  rubbed  with  the  hand  they  grew  very  large  and  cross ; 
and  the  more  they  were  rubbed,  the  larger  and  crosser  they 
became.  The  dogs  were  to  be  used,  she  said,  to  defeat  the 
first  giant.  Then  the  woman  told  them  of  the  second  giant. 
She  said  he  was  very  terrible,  and  that  his  head  was  covered 
with  great  toads,  the  poison  of  which  would  kill  any  one  who 
touched  them.  She  told  them  that  the  giant  would  ask  them 
to  kill  a  toad  because  it  hurt  his  head,  hoping  thereby  to 
poison  them.  She  warned  them  not  to  touch  it,  and  she 
gave  them  some  cranberries,  and  told  them  to  crush  the  cran 
berries  in  their  hands  when  the  giant  made  his  request  and 
the  noise  would  make  the  giant  think  they  were  crushing  the 
poisonous  toad.  Then  she  told  them  of  the  third  giant  ; 
and  she  gave  them  a  knife  with  which  to  overcome  him.  It 
was  a  very  wonderful  knife  that  could  not  be  turned  aside 
from  anything  it  attacked. 

Then  the  boys  went  on  their  way.  Soon  they  saw  the 
first  giant  standing  by  the  side  of  the  path.  He  rushed  at 
them  as  if  to  kill  them ;  but  they  opened  their  magic  box 
and  took  out  the  dogs.  They  rubbed  them  until  they  grew 
very  large  and  cross,  and  when  the  giant  came  near  they  let 
them  loose.  The  dogs  soon  killed  the  giant,  and  the  boys 


174  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

went  on  their  way,  leaving  the  dogs  to  go  back  to  the  woman 
who  gave  them.  Soon  they  came  to  the  second  giant.  He 
was  very  ugly  and  terrible,  and  he  had  long  hair  covered 
with  toads.  He  met  the  boys  kindly,  hoping  to  deceive 
them.  Then,  just  as  the  woman  had  told  them,  he  said, 
"  Something  hurts  my  head.  Do  you  see  what  it  is  ?"  And 
they  said,  "  Yes,  it  is  a  great  toad."  "  Kill  it,"  said  the  giant. 
Then  the  boys  put  their  hands  close  to  his  head  and  crushed 
the  cranberries  the  woman  had  given  them,  and  the  giant 
thought  the  noise  was  that  of  the  crushing  of  the  toad.  The 
boys  then  went  on  their  way.  The  giant  was  well  pleased, 
for  he  thought  they  would  drop  dead  very  soon  because  of 
the  poison,  and  that  next  day  he  would  find  them  and  have  a 
good  meal.  Soon  the  boys  came  to  the  third  giant.  He 
was  very  terrible,  and  he  attacked  them  at  once.  But  one  of 
the  boys  drew  the  magic  knife  and  plunged  it  into  the  giant's 
breast.  The  giant  could  not  turn  it  aside ;  it  pierced  his 
heart,  and  he  fell  dead.  Then  the  boys  knew  that  they 
were  safe. 

The  next  morning  the  boys  decided  to  separate,  and  to  go 
each  his  own  way.  Moose  went  north,  and  Caribou  went 
south.  By-and-by  Moose  came  to  a  tent  where  dwelt  a 
woman  with  one  daughter.  The  daughter  wished  to  be 
married,  but  her  mother  was  jealous  of  her  daughter's  charms, 
and  she  killed  every  suitor  who  wooed  her  daughter.  Her 
mother  had  the  power  of  a  witch,  which  she  had  received 


THE  TALE   OF  CARIBOU   AND   MOOSE     175 

from  the  Evil  Spirit  of  the  forest.  The  daughter  loved 
Moose  when  she  saw  him.  She  warned  him  that  her  mother 
would  try  to  kill  him.  Moose  asked  the  mother  if  he  might 
have  the  daughter  as  his  wife,  and  the  mother  said,  "Yes; 
but  first  you  must  do  whatever  I  bid  you."  To  this  Moose 
agreed.  When  he  went  to  bed,  the  daughter  warned  him  to 
be  on  his  guard.  The  mother  put  a  thick  skin  over  him  for 
a  blanket,  covering  him  all  up.  Then  she  went  to  get 
another,  saying  that  it  was  a  cold  night.  Moose  knew  he 
would  soon  smother  without  air  under  the  thick  skins  when 
she  piled  them  over  him,  and  while  she  was  gone  he  cut  a 
hole  through  the  skin  with  his  magic  knife  so  that  his  nose 
would  go  through  it.  The  woman  came  back  with  other 
skins,  and  covered  him  with  a  great  many,  but  in  each  skin 
Moose  cut  a  hole  over  his  nose  so  that  he  might  get  air. 
The  woman  left  him,  believing  that  he  would  smother  in  the 
night,  for  she  did  not  want  her  daughter  to  wed  ;  but  Moose 
breathed  freely  and  slept  soundly. 

The  next  morning  the  woman  uncovered  him,  thinking 
that  he  was  dead  ;  but  Moose  said  he  had  slept  well.  The 
woman  wondered  greatly,  and  resolved  upon  another  plan  to 
kill  him.  A  great  tree  grew  near  the  tent.  It  was  hemlock, 
and  bigger  than  a  haystack  at  the  bottom.  It  had  thick  bark 
which  was  loose  at  the  top.  The  woman  gave  Moose  a  long 
pole  and  told  him  to  knock  down  the  bark.  Moose  took  the 
pole  and  knocked  a  piece  off,  but  as  it  fell  he  jumped  from 


176  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

under  it,  for  he  could  jump  far.  The  heavy  bark  fell  with  a 
great  crash.  Then  he  knocked  off  all  the  bark  until  the  tree 
was  stripped,  but  he  was  unharmed.  The  woman  wondered 
greatly.  She  resolved  upon  another  plan  to  kill  him.  The 
next  day  she  took  Moose  to  an  island  far  off  the  coast. 
There  were  no  trees  on  the  island.  They  left  their  canoe  on 
the  beach  and  walked  inland.  The  woman  said,  "Wait  here 
awhile  ;  I  will  come  back  soon."  Then  she  went  back  to  the 
beach.  She  took  the  canoe  and  paddled  home,  leaving  Moose 
behind.  "  Now,"  she  said,  "  he  will  starve,  for  he  cannot  get 
off  the  island,  and  there  is  nothing  there  to  eat."  When 
Moose  came  back  to  the  beach,  after  waiting  a  long  while,  he 
saw  the  canoe  a  mere  speck  on  the  water  far  away.  He  was 
much  troubled,  for  he  thought  that  now  he  would  surely  die, 
and  he  cried  loudly.  But  the  sea-gulls  flying  above  the  beach 
heard  his  cries,  and  two  large  gulls  came  down  to  him.  They 
told  him  not  to  cry,  for  they  would  save  him.  One  went  to 
each  side  of  him  and  told  him  to  take  hold  and  hang  on.  So 
he  put  an  arm  around  each  gull's  neck,  and  they  rose  into 
the  air  with  him  and  flew  over  the  sea.  Moose  was  very 
frightened  when  he  looked  down  at  the  water.  But  the  gulls 
took  him  home  safely.  He  sat  a  long  time  on  the  beach, 
and  then  the  woman  came  paddling  her  canoe  from  the 
island.  When  she  reached  the  land,  Moose  said,  "What 
kept  you  so  long  ?  I  have  been  waiting  for  you  a  long  time." 
But  he  did  not  tell  her  how  he  had  come  home.  The  woman 


THE   TALE   OF  CARIBOU   AND   MOOSE     177 

was  so  surprised  she  did  not  know  what  to  say.  But  she 
resolved  upon  another  plan  to  kill  him. 

The  next  day  she  invited  Moose  to  a  wrestling  match  on 
a  high  hill.  The  hill  was  full  of  stones.  Moose  decided 
that  to  save  his  own  life  he  must  kill  the  woman,  because  he 
had  had  enough  of  her  treachery.  They  wrestled,  and  Moose 
let  the  woman  throw  him  down,  but  because  he  was  agile  he 
saved  himself  from  a  great  fall.  He  let  her  throw  him  a 
second  time,  but  again  he  was  unharmed,  to  her  great  sur 
prise.  The  contest  was  three  falls.  The  woman  was  sure 
she  could  kill  him  the  third  time.  But  the  third  time,  Moose 
threw  her  down  so  hard  that  her  back  was  broken  on  the 
stones.  Then  he  tossed  her  high  in  the  air,  and  she  fell  so 
hard  that  she  was  broken  in  pieces.  Moose  was  then  free 
from  danger.  He  married  the  woman's  daughter ;  but  he 
was  not  very  happy.  The  daughter  was  like  her  mother  and 
caused  him  trouble,  for  she  was  often  very  wicked.  She  was 
a  great  fisher,  and  went  often  to  the  streams  to  fish.  She 
could  go  under  the  water  and  stay  a  long  time  and  bring  up 
fish  in  her  hands.  One  night  in  winter  she  went  down 
through  a  hole  in  the  ice  to  fish.  It  was  very  cold,  and 
while  she  was  down,  the  hole  froze  over  and  she  could  not 
get  out.  She  called  to  Moose  to  break  the  ice,  but  Moose 
was  glad  to  be  rid  of  her  and  he  would  not  let  her  out.  So 
she  was  drowned  in  the  stream. 

Moose  never  married  again,  and  ever  afterwards  he  lived 


178  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

a  lonely  life.  He  did  not  like  company  any  more.  That  is 
why  he  is  usually  seen  by  himself,  and  why  he  usually  travels 
alone  in  the  forest.  But  Caribou,  on  the  other  hand,  likes 
company,  and  that  is  why  he  is  usually  seen  with  five  or  six 
others  of  his  kind,  and  why  he  seldom  travels  alone. 


JACK  AND   HIS   WONDERFUL   HEN 

JACK  lived  with  his  parents  in  a  remote  part  of  Canada. 
He  had  no  brothers  or  sisters.  His  parents  were  very 
poor,  and  their  only  possession  was  a  goat  that  supplied 
them  with  milk.  When  the  boy  grew  up,  he  decided  to  go 
out  into  the  world  and  earn  something  to  make  his  parents 
more  comfortable  in  their  old  age.  So  one  day  he  said,  "I  am 
going  far  away  to  look  for  work  that  you  may  be  able  to  buy 
better  food."  His  parents  did  not  want  him  to  go,  for  he 
was  their  one  source  of  happiness  ;  but  he  would  not  listen 
to  their  pleading.  With  no  money  and  something  of  a 
heavy  heart  he  went  on  his  way.  It  was  summer  in  the  land, 
and  when  he  came  out  of  the  forest  into  the  open  country  he 
saw  people  in  the  meadows  making  hay.  Soon  he  came  to  a 
very  large  farm  where  a  number  of  men  were  busy.  He 
asked  the  man  in  charge  for  work.  The  man  said,  "  How 
long  do  you  want  to  work?"  Jack  answered,  "A  week." 
The  man  hired  him,  and  he  went  to  work.  He  was  a  great 
worker,  and  in  a  week  he  had  done  as  much  as  one  of  the 
other  men  could  do  in  a  year.  The  man  was  pleased  with 
his  work, 

At  the  end  of  the  week  Jack  asked  for  his  wages.     The 

179 


i8o  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

man  gave  him  a  little  money  in  part  payment,  and  an  old 
hen  for  the  other  part.  Jack  was  very  cross.  He  said,  "  I 
don't  want  a  hen  ;  I  want  money.  Little  good  an  old  hen 
can  do  me ! "  But  the  man  would  not  give  him  more  money. 
He  said,  "  The  hen  will  lay  eggs  for  you.  She  will  lay  two 
dozen  eggs  a  day — an  egg  every  hour."  So  Jack  with  much 
disgust  took  the  old  hen,  for  he  could  do  no  better,  and  went 
home.  His  parents  were  glad  to  see  him  again,  and  to  get 
the  money  he  had  earned  ;  but  they  laughed  at  his  old  hen. 
But  at  the  end  of  a  day,  when  she  had  laid  two  dozen  eggs, 
they  were  well  pleased. 

In  a  week  Jack  said,  "  I  am  going  away  again  to  earn 
jnore  money."  This  time  his  parents  were  not  troubled. 
They  knew  he  could  take  care  of  himself.  He  said,  "  I  will 
take  the  old  hen  with  me  and  sell  her  for  a  great  price."  So 
one  morning  he  set  out.  He  went  through  the  forest  with 
his  old  hen  under  his  arm.  He  passed  again  by  the  meadows 
where  men  and  women  were  making  hay,  but  he  did  not  ask 
for  work.  As  he  passed,  the  people  looked  at  his  hen  and 
laughed,  but  he  went  along  unheeding.  He  soon  came  to 
the  town  where  the  Seigneur  lived,  and  he  went  to  a  house 
where  he  got  food  and  lodging  for  himself  and  his  old  hen. 
He  left  the  hen  there  and  went  to  the  Seigneur's  house.  He 
told  the  Seigneur  that  he  had  a  wonderful  bird,  and  offered 
to  sell  her  to  him.  "  Go  and  bring  me  the  bird,"  said  the 
Seigneur.  But  when  Jack  brought  the  old  hen  to  him  the 


JACK  AND   HIS   WONDERFUL   HEN        181 

Seigneur  was  very  angry.  "  Little  good  an  old  hen  like  that 
will  do  me,"  he  said.  But  when  Jack  told  him  that  she  could 
lay  twenty-four  eggs  a  day,  he  said,  "If  that  is  true  you  may 
have  your  price.  We  will  keep  her  for  a  day  and  test  your 
word."  So  they  locked  the  old  hen  up  for  a  day.  At  the 
end  of  that  time  she  had  laid  twenty-four  eggs,  and  the 
Seigneur  wondered  greatly.  He  said,  "  How  much  do  you 
want  for  your  hen?"  Jack  answered,  "Whatever  you  wish 
to  pay  me."  The  Seigneur  gave  him  much  money,  and  Jack, 
well  pleased  with  his  bargain,  went  home.  His  parents  were 
glad  to  have  him  back,  and  to  get  the  money  he  had  got  for 
the  old  hen.  They  began  to  live  very  comfortably. 

At  the  end  of  a  few  weeks  Jack  decided  to  go<away  again. 
He  said,  "  Let  me  take  the  old  goat  and  sell  her.  We  can  do 
without  her  milk."  He  thought  that  since  he  had  sold  the  hen 
so  well,  he  could  make  a  good  sale  of  the  goat.  His  parents 
agreed  to  his  wishes.  So  one  morning  he  tied  ribbons  and 
flowers  around  the  old  goat's  head  and  covered  her  with  a 
many-coloured  blanket,  and  set  out,  leading  her  behind  him. 
He  went  along  through  the  forest.  It  was  harvest  time,  and 
he  passed  great  farms  where  reapers  were  busy  cutting  yellow 
grain.  But  he  did  not  ask  for  work.  The  people  all  looked 
with  wonder  at  his  goat  as  he  passed,  but  he  spoke  to  no  one. 
Soon  he  came  to  the  town  where  the  Seigneur  lived.  He 
brought  his  goat  to  the  Seigneur  and  offered  to  sell  her  to 
,  him,  and  the  Seigneur  gave  him  much  money  for  her.  Then 


182  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

she  was  placed  in  a  yard  with  the  Seigneur's  other  animals. 
The  yard  was  always  guarded  by  two  keepers. 

Jack  decided  not  to  go  home  at  once.  He  planned  to 
steal  the  goat  back  and  take  her  home.  Then  he  would  have 
the  goat  and  much  money  too.  So  he  bought  a  large 
quantity  of  food,  put  it  in  a  basket,  and  carried  it  to  the 
animal  yard.  When  the  two  keepers  saw  him  coming,  they  ran 
to  him  to  send  him  away,  for  no  one  else  was  allowed  at 
night  near  the  yard.  But  Jack  said,  "  The  night  is  long  and 
cool.  The  Seigneur  sent  me  to  you  with  this  basket  of 
food."  The  keepers  were  well  pleased  with  the  food,  and 
they  sat  down  and  had  a  good  meal.  They  ate  until  they 
were  full.  Jack  said,  "If  you  want  to  sleep  for  an  hour,  I  will 
watch.  I  like  to  sit  in  the  moonlight."  The  harvest  moon 
was  full,  and  the  night  was  as  bright  as  day.  The  two 
keepers  thanked  Jack  for  his  kindness,  and  lay  down  on 
some  straw,  and  were  soon  fast  asleep  because  of  their  hearty 
meal.  Jack  waited  until  they  were  sound  asleep.  Then  he 
took  the  old  goat  and  walked  quietly  away,  leading  her 
behind  him.  The  town  was  all  asleep.  There  was  not  a 
sound  anywhere.  Soon  he  reached  the  open  country  without 
meeting  anyone,  and  passed  by  rich  harvest  fields  until  he 
came  to  the  forest.  Then  he  followed  the  forest  path  in  the 
bright  moonlight,  and  reached  his  home  before  morning. 
His  parents  were  glad  to  see  him  again  so  soon  and  to  get 
his  money.  But  when  he  told  them  that  he  had  sold  the  old 


HE    BOUGHT  A    LARGE   QUANTITY   OF  FOOD,    PUT   IT   IN    A    BASKET,   AND   CARRIED   IT  TO  THE   ANIMAL  YARD. 


JACK   AND    HIS   WONDERFUL   HEN        183 

goat  and  stolen  her  back  they  were  very  angry,  and  his  father 
said,  "  No  good  can  come  of  it.  The  old  goat  will  bring  you 
to  a  sad  end." 

After  a  few  days  Jack  decided  to  set  out  again  to  seek  his 
fortune.  He  took  the  stolen  goat  with  him.  Before  he  was 
out  of  the  forest  he  came  upon  a  man  camped  in  a  green  place 
under  the  trees.  The  man  asked  him  who  he  was.  Jack 
said,  "I  am  a  servant  of  the  Seigneur.  I  take  care  of  his 
beautiful  goats.  He  gave  me  this  one  for  myself."  The 
man  liked  the  goat  very  much,  and  asked  Jack  what  he 
would  take  for  her.  But  Jack  said  he  would  not  sell  her. 
Then  Jack  asked  him  who  he  was.  The  man  said,  "  I  am  a 
robber.  If  you  will  come  with  me,  we  will  soon  be  very 
rich."  So  Jack  agreed  to  join  bim.  They  went  along  to 
gether  for  some  days.  But  the  robber  always  had  his  eye  on 
the  goat.  One  night  as  they  slept  on  the  bank  of  a  stream, 
the  robber  killed  Jack  with  a  blow  and  threw  his  body  into 
the  river.  He  wanted  -his  goat.  Then  he  took  the  old  goat 
and  went  on  his  way.  Poor  Jack's  stolen  goat  had  brought 
him  to  a  sad  end. 


THE   SAD  TALE   OF  WOODPECKER  AND 

BLUE  JAY 

A1ISTER  and  brother  lived  alone  in  a  house  in  the 
forest.  Their  father  and  mother  were  dead.  The 
boy  had  a  strange  magic  power  which  had  been 
given  to  him  by  his  parents.  The  two  children  loved  each 
other  very  deeply.  The  brother  cared  well  for  his  sister  and 
protected  her  from  all  danger.  He  knew  that  the  forest  had 
many  evil  creatures  who  would  be  glad  to  carry  off  his  sister 
if  they  could.  The  brother  often  went  far  away  to  hunt.  He 
was  often  gone  for  many  days.  When  he  went  away,  he 
always  said  to  his  sister,  "  Keep  the  door  barred  while  I  am 
gone,  and  do  not  speak  to  anyone." 

One  day  the  brother  went  far  away  into  the  forest.  He 
would  not  be  home  till  evening.  He  said  to  his  sister,  "  Keep 
the  door  barred  ;  do  not  eat  until  I  come  back,  and  do  not 
speak  to  anyone."  Then  he  went  his  way  into  the  woods. 
The  sister  forgot  her  brother's  warning.  It  was  a  hot  day, 
and  she  opened  the  door  for  air.  Soon  Otter  appeared  at  the 
door.  The  girl  spoke  to  him  and  he  came  in.  Otter  spoke 
to  her,  but  she  remembered  the  warning  of  her  brother  and 

she  would  speak  no  more.     Otter  talked  and  asked  her  ques- 

184 


TALE  OF  WOODPECKER  AND  BLUEJAY    185 

tions,  but  she  would  not  answer.  Then  Otter  became  very 
angry.  He  determined  to  make  her  speak.  He  caught  her 
roughly  and  pulled  down  her  hair.  Her  hair  was  very  long 
and  beautiful  and  as  black  as  the  raven's  wing.  He  dragged 
her  by  the  hair  to  the  fire,  as  if  he  would  burn  her,  and  said, 
"  You  will  speak,  you  will  speak  or  I  will  kill  you."  But  she 
would  not  speak.  Then  he  cut  off  her  hair,  hoping  that  she 
would  cry  out.  But  still  she  refused  to  utter  a  sound.  Then 
he  ate  her  food.  He  ate  everything  in  the  house,  for  he  was 
a  great  eater.  But  still  she  said  not  a  word  of  protest.  Then 
Otter  went  away  in  disgust  and  rage,  babbling  loudly  as  he 
went. 

But  just  as  Otter  left  the  house,  the  girl's  brother  was 
coming  home.  He  saw  Otter  through  the  trees,  and  he  knew 
that  harm  had  been  done.  He  came  to  the  house,  and  through 
the  door  he  saw  his  sister  with  her  hair  cut  short.  When  he 
came  in,  he  asked  her  what  was  the  matter.  She  told  him 
what  had  happened.  He  was  very  cross,  and  he  scolded  her 
for  leaving  the  door  open  and  for  speaking  to  Otter.  He  said, 
"  You  did  not  heed  my  warning.  Why  did  you  not  run  out 
when  Otter  came  in?"  But  the  girl  said,  "It  would  have 
done  no  good ;  he  would  have  followed  me  and  caught  me." 
And  the  man  said,  "Why  did  you  not  wish  for  me  ?"  for  each 
had  power  to  bring  the  other  home  at  once  by  a  wish.  But 
his  sister  said,  "  I  was  so  frightened  I  did  not  think  of  it." 
"Why  do  you  cry?"  the  brother  asked.  "Because  he  hurt 


1 86  CANADIAN   WONDER   TALES 

me,"  she  answered,  "and  because  he  cut  off  my  beautiful 
hair." 

Then  the  brother  took  pity  on  her.  He  comforted  her  and 
said,  "  Do  not  cry  for  that ;  I  will  make  your  hair  grow 
beautiful  again.  But  your  good  name  is  lost ;  you  can  never 
get  that  back;  you  have  disobeyed  my  orders;  you  have  talked 
to  a  wicked  man." 

Then  he  dressed  his  sister  in  good  clothes,  and  washed 
and  combed  her  hair.  And  as  he  combed  it,  it  grew  longer 
and  longer  and  more  beautiful  than  before,  and  the  girl  was 
comforted.  Then  he  made  paint  from  roots.  He  made  red 
paint  and  blue  paint.  And  he  painted  her  face  and  head  red, 
and  painted  his  own  face  and  head  blue.  Then  he  watched 
for  Otter  that  he  might  take  vengeance.  Soon  he  saw  Otter 
going  to  the  lake  to  fish.  Otter  went  down  under  the  water. 
The  brother  went  to  the  shore  of  the  lake  and  sang  his  magic 
song.  And  at  once  the  lake  froze  over.  Otter  felt  the  cold 
underneath  the  water,  and  he  came  up  in  great  haste.  He 
bumped  his  head  on  the  ice  and  broke  the  ice ;  then  he  stuck 
his  head  through  the  hole  to  see  what  had  happened.  But  as 
he  looked,  the  water  froze  around  his  neck,  and  he  could  get 
neither  under  the  ice  nor  upon  it.  He  was  held  fast,  and  the 
brother  killed  him  by  breaking  his  head  with  a  stout  stick. 

Then  the  brother  went  home  and  told  his  sister  that  he 
had  taken  vengeance  and  had  killed  Otter.  And  he  said, 
"  Now,  you  and  I  must  part."  His  sister  cried  and  pleaded 


THEN    HE    DRESSED   HIS   SISTER    IN   GOOD  CLOTHES,  AND  WASHED   AND   COMBED   HER    HAIR. 


TALE  OF  WOODPECKER  AND  BLUEJAY    187 

to  be  forgiven,  but  he  said,  "We  must  part ;  we  cannot  dwell 
longer  among  our  people  ;  they  know  you  have  disobeyed  me 
and  have  done  evil." 

Then  they  said  good-bye.  And  the  brother  said,  "You 
go  south-west ;  I  will  go  north-east ;  and  soon  we  shall  be 
changed  from  what  we  are."  Then  they  parted  and  went  in 
different  ways  as  he  had  said.  And  at  once  by  his  magic 
power  they  were  changed,  and  she  became  a  Woodpecker  and 
he  became  a  Bluejay.  And  her  head  is  still  red  because  of 
the  paint  he  put  on  her ;  and  he  is  still  blue  because  of  the 
paint  he  put  on  himself.  But  although  they  parted,  they  are 
still  mindful  of  each  other.  She  always  taps  on  the  trees  to 
let  her  brother  know  that  she  is  still  alive,  and  he  calls,  "  I 
am  here  ;  I  am  here,"  to  let  her  know  that  he  still  lives.  But 
he  keeps  more  to  the  north  country,  and  often  in  the  autumn 
when  the  other  birds  fly  south,  he  remains  behind  to  spend 
the  winter  in  the  north. 


THE   STUPID   BOY  AND  THE  WAND 


I 


"^HREE  brothers  lived  with  their  mother  in  the  forest. 
They  had  no  sisters ;  their  father  was  dead,  and 
their  mother  was  an  invalid.  The  youngest  boy 
was  very  stupid  and  silly  ;  he  was  always  doing  foolish  things, 
and  he  could  never  be  trusted  to  do  anything  in  the  right 
way.  His  two  brothers  provided  for  the  home,  and  worked 
to  get  food  and  clothing  for  themselves  and  their  mother. 
While  they  were  away,  the  youngest  boy  was  left  in  charge  of 
the  house  and  his  sick  mother.  But  each  night  when  the  two 
older  boys  came  home,  they  found  that  their  brother  had 
made  many  mistakes  during  the  day.  Sometimes  he  gave 
all  the  food  in  the  house  away  to  beggars.  So  they  often 
beat  him.  But  his  mother  always  said,  "  He  will  do  better 
yet."  His  brothers  were  more  cruel  to  him  each  day.  One 
day  when  they  were  away,  an  old  woman  came  to  the  door 
and  asked  for  food  and  clothing.  The  boy  worked  hard 
to  give  her  what  she  asked  for,  but  when  his  brothers  came 
home  they  only  beat  him  for  his  pains. 

That  night  the  boy  ran  away  from  home.  He  decided 
that  he  would  endure  his  brothers'  cruelty  no  longer.  So  he 
went  into  the  forest  with  a  sad  heart  and  slept  under  the 

188 


THE   STUPID   BOY  AND  THE   WAND       189 

trees.  In  the  morning  the  old  woman  to  whom  he  had  given 
food  the  day  before  came  along.  He  was  crying  bitterly,  for 
he  was  hungry  and  cold.  She  asked  him  why  he  cried,  and  he 
told  her  of  his  brothers'  cruelty.  "  Never  mind,"  she  said, 
"we  will  bring  happiness  out  of  your  sorrow."  She  gave 
him  a  little  wand,  and  told  him  to  carry  it  with  him  always 
and  that  it  would  bring  him  good  fortune.  Then  she  told 
him  to  go  back  home  and  that  all  would  be  well.  So  he  put 
the  magic  stick  under  his  coat  and  went  home.  He  reached 
home  early,  and  his  brothers  and  mother  did  not  know  he  had 
been  away. 

Before  they  went  away  to  work,  his  brothers  told  him  to 
look  after  the  pigs  all  day.  Soon  after  they  had  gone,  a  rich 
drover  came  along  wanting  to  buy  pigs.  The  boy  said  he 
would  sell  all  he  had  for  a  good  sum.  He  first  cut  off  the 
pigs'  tails  and  placed  them  in  a  heap.  He  sold  the  pigs  to 
the  man  and  gave  the  money  to  his  mother.  Then  he  took 
the  tails  and  went  to  the  swamp  near  the  river  and  stuck  them 
in  the  mud.  When  his  brothers  came  home  they  asked  about 
the  pigs.  The  boy  said  they  had  run  to  the  swamp  and  had 
sunk  into  the  mud.  The  brothers  went  to  the  swamp,  and 
there  were  the  tails  sticking  up  from  the  mire.  They  pulled 
each  one,  and  each  tail  came  up.  The  brothers  thought  the 
tails  had  broken  off  and  that  the  pigs  were  sunk  in  the  mud. 
And  they  were  very  angry  at  the  boy. 

The  next  day  they  decided  to  drown  him  and  thus  get  rid 


190  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

of  him.  So  they  placed  him  in  a  bag  and  brought  him  to  the 
river  when  the  tide  was  out  and  the  beach  was  bare.  They 
dug  a  hole  far  out  in  the  sand  and  buried  him.  They  thought 
the  tide  would  come  in  over  the  hole  and  drown  him.  When 
they  had  gone  away,  the  boy  waved  his  wand  and  at  once  the 
pigs  he  had  sold  to  the  drover  came  grunting  over  the  sand. 
He  called  to  them  to  root  up  the  mud  where  he  lay,  and  he 
promised  them  good  food  if  they  would  obey  him.  So  they 
rooted  in  the  sand  until  the  bag  was  uncovered.  Then  he 
kicked  a  hole  in  the  bag  and  crawled  out.  He  lulled  a  pig, 
placed  it  in  the  bag  and  buried  it.  Soon  the  tide  came  in  and 
covered  the  hole,  and  the  boy  hid  near  his  home  all  night. 

The  next  day  when  the  tide  was  out  and  the  beach  was 
bare  again,  the  brothers  went  down  to  the  spot  where  they  had 
buried  the  boy.  They  wanted  to  dig  him  up  and  bury  him  in 
a  better  place.  But  when  they  dug  up  the  bag  and  opened  it, 
they  found  only  a  dead  pig.  They  went  home  in  great 
wonder,  but  when  they  reached  the  house,  the  boy  was  sitting 
on  the  doorstep  laughing  at  them.  Then  they  decided  to  try 
again  to  kill  him.  They  placed  him  in  a  strong  bag  and  set 
out  with  him  to  a  high  waterfall ;  they  planned  to  throw  the 
bag  into  the  river  above  the  falls,  and  he  would  be  dashed  to 
pieces  on  the  rocks  as  he  was  carried  over.  As  they  went 
along,  they  were  hungry,  and  at  noon  they  left  the  bag  on  the 
side  of  the  road  and  went  into  a  place  to  eat.  While  they 
were  eating,  the  rich  drover  who  had  bought  the  pigs  came 


THE    PIGS   CAME   GRUNTING   OVER  THE   SAND. 


THE   STUPID   BOY  AND   THE   WAND       191 

along  driving  a  herd  of  cattle  and  a  flock  of  sheep.  He  gave 
the  bag  a  kick  as  he  passed.  The  boy  called  to  him,  and  he 
stopped  and  asked  what  he  was  doing  in  the  bag.  The  boy 
said,  "My  brothers  and  I  are  going  on  a  robbing  tour.  They 
hide  me  in  the  bag  and  leave  me  where  much  money  can  be 
taken.  No  one  else  knows  that  I  am  in  the  bag,  and  it  will 
never  be  found  out  where  the  money  has  gone."  The  drover 
said  he  would  like  to  go  along  too.  But  the  boy  said,  "  My 
brothers  will  not  let  you.  But  you  and  I  can  work  together 
unknown  to  them.  You  take  my  place  in  the  bag  and  I  will 
follow  at  a  distance.  My  cruel  brothers  will  not  know,  and 
when  you  have  taken  the  money,  I  will  let  you  out  and  we 
will  run  away  together."  So  the  drover  took  the  boy's  place 
in  the  bag.  The  boy  told  him  not  to  utter  a  sound.  Then 
he  ran  away  and  found  the  drover's  cattle  and  took  charge  of 
them. 

Soon  his  brothers  came  out  of  the  eating- place.  They 
gave  the  bag  a  kick  and  thought  that  the  boy  was  still  in  it. 
Then  they  went  on  their  way.  When  they  came  to  a  spot 
above  the  waterfall,  they  tossed  the  bag  far  out  into  the 
stream.  It  was  carried  over  the  falls,  and  the  poor  drover 
was  never  seen  again.  Meanwhile  the  boy  had  sold  all  the 
drover's  cattle  and  sheep.  He  went  home  with  a  large  sum 
of  money  and  gave  it  to  his  mother.  When  his  brothers 
arrived  home,  he  met  them  at  the  door  and  laughed  at  them. 
Then  his  brothers  decided  to  make  no  further  attempt  to 


i92  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

kill  him,  for  they  saw  that  it  would  be  of  no  use.  They 
asked  him  to  let  them  join  him,  for  they  knew  that  in  some 
way  he  had  received  strange  power.  So  the  three  set  out  one 
morning  together.  As  they  went  along  through  the  forest,  a 
band  of  robbers  fell  upon  them,  and  killed  the  two  brothers. 
But  because  of  his  wand,  the  boy  escaped.  That  night  he 
came  upon  the  robbers'  house.  The  robbers  were  sitting 
inside  counting  out  their  money.  The  boy  went  in  with  his 
wand  and  killed  them  all.  He  took  their  money  and  went 
home  to  his  mother.  Then  he  went  back  to  the  forest  and 
roused  his  two  brothers  from  their  death  sleep.  And  they  all 
went  home  and  lived  happily  and  comfortably  ever  afterwards. 


THE   BLACKFOOT  AND  THE   BEAR 

ONE  summer  long  ago,  when  the  Blackfeet  Indians 
roamed  freely  over  the  Canadian  plains,  the  son  of 
one  of  the  Chiefs  decided  to  go  off  alone  to  seek 
adventure.  He  wanted  to  be  a  great  man  like  his  father,  and 
he  thought  he  could  never  become  great  if  he  always  stayed 
at  home.  He  said  to  his  father,  "  I  am  going  away  far  to  the 
West,  beyond  the  mountains.  I  have  heard  that  our  Indian 
enemies  who  live  there  have  many  fine  horses.  I  will  bring 
some  of  their  horses  back  to  you."  His  father  loved  his  son 
well,  for  he  was  his  only  child.  He  knew  that  it  would  be  a 
very  dangerous  journey,  and  he  tried  to  persuade  his  son  not 
to  go.  But  the  boy  said,  "  Have  no  fear  for  me.  If  I  do  not 
come  back  before  the  frost  is  on  the  prairies,  do  not  be  worried 
about  me.  But  if  I  do  not  come  before  the  snow  lies 
deep  on  the  plains,  then  you  will  know  that  I  have  gone  for 
ever  and  that  I  shall  never  come  back."  His  father  knew 
that  only  by  attempting  dangerous  deeds  and  doing  hard 
tasks  could  his  son  become  great.  And  although  he  was  loath 
to  see  him  go,  he  said  good-bye  and  wished  him  good  luck. 

It  was  summer  in  the  north  country  when  the  boy  set  out. 
He  took  a  number  of  companions  with  him.     They  travelled 

o  193 


i94  CANADIAN  WONDER  TALES 

towards  the  Great  Water  in  the  West,  and  in  a  few  days  they 
passed  through  the  foot-hills  and  then  beyond  the  mountains. 
Soon  they  came  to  a  great  river.  They  saw  the  trail  of 
Indians  along  the  bank.  They  followed  the  trail  for  many 
days,  and  at  last  in  the  distance  they  saw  the  camps  of  their 
enemies.  Then  they  stopped  where  they  would  be  hidden 
from  their  enemies'  sight.  That  night  a  new  summer  moon 
was  shining  in  the  sky,  and  by  its  light  they  could  see  many 
horses  around  the  distant  camp.  The  moon  disappeared  early. 
When  it  had  gone  and  the  night  was  quite  dark,  the  young 
man  went  to  the  camp  to  get  the  horses.  He  went  alone  and 
told  his  comrades  to  wait  for  him.  Soon  he  came  back  driv 
ing  many  horses.  But  his  enemies  had  heard  him  driving 
the  horses  and  they  set  out  in  pursuit  of  him.  When  he 
reached  his  own  camp,  he  called  to  his  comrades  to  ride  for 
their  lives.  All  night  they  rode  with  their  horses.  When 
morning  broke,  the  fleeing  Blackfeet  could  see  the  dust  of 
their  pursuers  far  behind  them.  For  days  they  rode  with 
their  enemies  not  far  away.  They  passed  at  last  through  the 
mountains  and  out  again  into  the  rolling  foothills.  The 
plains  were  before  them,  and  already  they  could  feel  the  wind 
of  the  prairies.  They  thought  they  were  now  safe. 

But  their  pursuers  slowly  but  surely  gained  on  them. 
Soon  they  were  close  upon  them,  and  a  shower  of  arrows  told 
the  Blackfeet  that  they  would  have  to  fight.  The  Blackfeet 
saw  on  the  trail  ahead  of  them  a  lonely  pine  tree.  It  was 


THE   BLACKFOOT  AND  THE   BEAR         195 

surrounded  by  scrubby  trees  and  shrubs.  To  this  spot  they 
fled.  They  dug  a  pit  and  tried  to  defend  themselves.  But 
their  pursuers  surrounded  the  spot  and  shot  their  arrows  into 
it.  All  the  young  Chiefs  comrades  were  soon  killed,  and 
when  night  came  on  he  alone  remained  alive.  He  was  wounded 
and  weary,  but  he  lay  silent  in  the  pit.  Then  his  pursuers 
built  fires  all  around  the  place  where  he  lay  to  prevent  his 
escape  and  to  drive  him  out  of  his  hiding  place.  As  the  fires 
crept  closer,  the  young  man  thought  that  he  must  surely  die. 
Then  he  prayed  to  the  Spirit  of  the  Storm  that  rain  might 
fall,  and  he  used  all  the  charms  he  carried  with  him  to  try  to 
bring  rain.  Soon  a  heavy  rain  began  to  fall  and  the  fires 
were  put  out.  The  night  became  very  dark,  for  the  sky  was 
covered  with  storm  clouds.  In  the  darkness  the  young  man 
crawled  through  the  trees  and  soon  reached  the  open  plain. 
He  crawled  north  into  the  foothills  and  hid  in  a  cave  in  the 
hills.  He  covered  the  front  of  the  cave  with  grass  and 
boughs  and  lay  hidden  out  of  sight.  For  many  days  and 
nights  he  lay  there  waiting  for  his  wounds  to  heal.  At  night 
he  crawled  out  and  gathered  berries  and  roots  for  food.  But 
his  wounds  did  not  heal  rapidly.  He  grew  weaker  and 
weaker,  and  at  last  he  was  unable  to  leave  the  cave.  He 
waited  for  death.  He  thought  of  his  home  far  away  to  the 
south-east,  and  of  his  people's  fear  and  worry  for  him,  for  the 
snow  would  soon  be  deep  on  the  plains. 

One  day  when  the  snow  was  falling  and  he  knew  that 


196  CANADIAN   WONDER  TALES 

winter  had  come,  he  heard  footsteps  outside  the  cave.  He 
thought  that  an  enemy  had  found  him.  The  footsteps  drew 
nearer,  and  soon  a  huge  form  appeared  at  the  door.  It  was 
not  an  Indian,  but  a  bear.  The  young  man  knew  then  that 
the  cave  was  the  bear's  winter  home. 

He  thought  that  the  bear  would  eat  him.  But  the  bear 
only  sniffed  and  smelled  him  all  over.  The  man  said,  "Are 
you  going  to  kill  me  or  to  help  me?"  The  bear  said,  "  I  will 
help  you.  I  will  take  you  home  to  your  people.  We  will 
start  in  a  few  days."  Then  the  bear  licked  the  man's  wounds 
The  man  said  he  was  very  hungry,  and  the  bear  said  he  would 
go  out  and  get  food.  So  he  went  off  and  soon  came  back  with 
a  grouse  in  his  mouth.  The  man  ate  the  grouse  and  felt 
better.  Each  day  the  bear  brought  him  food,  and  licked  his 
wounds  so  that  they  healed.  At  last,  one  morning  the  bear 
said,  "  To-day  I  must  take  you  home.  Get  on  my  back  and 
hold  on  tight,  and  I  will  soon  carry  you  to  your  people."  So 
the  man  climbed  up  on  the  bear's  back  and  held  on  tight  to 
his  long  hair.  And  the  bear  trotted  off  towards  the  man's 
home.  For  many  days  he  ran  over  the  plains.  Each  night 
he  rested  and  caught  food  to  feed  himself  and  the  man.  At 
last  they  came  one  night  to  the  top  of  a  ridge  in  the  plains. 
From  here,  as  the  young  man  looked,  he  could  see  not  far 
away  the  camps  of  his  people  near  a  broad  winding  river. 
The  bear  said,  "  Now  you  see  your  home-land.  We  shall 
camp  here  to-night.  To-morrow  you  must  go  on  alone,  and 


THE   BLACKFOOT  AND  THE   BEAR         197 

I  shall  go  back  to  the  hills."  So  in  the  morning  the  bear  got 
ready  to  go  back.  He  said,  "  The  snow  is  lying  deep  on  the 
hills.  I  must  hurry  and  find  a  den  for  the  winter."  The  man 
was  sorry  to  see  him  go.  He  said,  "  You  have  been  very  kind 
to  me.  Can  I  do  anything  for  you  in  return  for  your  kind 
ness?"  And  the  bear  answered,  "  You  can  do  one  thing  for 
me.  Tell  your  people  what  I  have  done  for  you.  And  tell 
them  never  to  kill  a  bear  that  has  gone  to  its  den  for  the 
winter.  Tell  them  always  to  give  a  bear  a  chance  to  fight  or 
to  run  for  his  life."  Then  the  bear  said  good-bye  and  trotted 
away  towards  his  winter  home  in  the  distant  hills,  and  the 
man  walked  on  to  his  people  on  the  plains.  He  told  his 
people  of  his  adventures  and  what  the  bear  had  done  for  him. 
And  since  that  day  the  Blackfeet  of  the  Canadian  plains  will 
not  kill  a  bear  that  has  gone  to  its  den  for  the  winter.  They 
still  remember  the  favour  asked  by  the  bear  in  return  for  his 
kindness  to  their  ancestor  in  the  old  days. 


THE   BOYS   AND  THE   GIANT 


r         ~^HREE   little  boys  were  hunting  in  the  Canadian 

j  & 

woods  in  old  times.  They  pretended  to  be  big  like 
-*-  men.  A  giant  was  prowling  about  looking  for  food. 
He  saw  the  boys  through  the  trees.  He  thought  he  would 
catch  them  and  have  a  good  meal.  So  he  slapped  his  hands 
together  rapidly  and  made  a  noise  like  a  partridge  drumming. 
The  little  boys  heard  the  noise.  They  thought  it  was  a 
partridge,  and  they  went  towards  the  sound.  The  giant 
caught  them.  He  picked  each  one  by  the  heels  and  struck 
the  head  of  each  on  the  ground.  He  thought  they  were  all 
dead.  Then  he  put  them  in  a  big  birch-bark  bag,  put  it  on 
his  back,  and  started  home,  well  pleased  with  the  thought  of 
the  nice  meal  he  was  going  to  have. 

But  the  ground  on  which  he  had  struck  the  boys'  heads 
was  soft.  The  boys  were  only  stunned  by  the  blow.  And 
after  the  giant  had  walked  a  little  way,  the  boys  came  to  life 
again.  But  they  made  no  sound.  One  of  the  boys  had 
a  little  hunting  knife  made  of  stone.  The  giant  walked  under 
the  trees,  and  the  branches  rattled  on  the  birch-bark  bag. 
When  the  branches  rattled,  the  boy  cut  a  hole  in  the  bag,  and 

the  giant  could  not  hear  the  noise  of  the  cutting.     The  boys 

198 


THE   PEOPLE   SET  OUT  TO   FIND  THE   GIANTS.      SOON   THEY   CAME   TO  THEIR   CAVE. 


THE   BOYS  AND  THE   GIANT  199 

slipped  through  the  hole,  one  after  the  other.  Then  they  ran 
home  as  fast  as  they  could. 

The  giant  was  very  strong.  He  had  not  felt  the  weight  of 
the  boys  on  his  back.  And  he  did  not  notice  a  difference  in 
the  weight  when  they  slipped  out.  When  he  reached  home, 
he  left  his  load  outside.  One  of  his  brothers  was  waiting  for 
him.  The  giant  said,  "  I  have  a  good  fat  meal  outside  in  my 
bag.  Come  out  and  see  it."  When  they  opened  the  bag,  it 
was  empty.  The  giant  was  very  cross.  But  with  his  brother 
he  sat  before  the  fire  to  eat  greedily  what  food  he  had  in  his 
cave. 

When  the  boys  reached  home,  they  told  their  people  what 
had  happened  to  them.  The  people  set  out  to  find  the  giants. 
Soon  they  came  to  their  cave.  The  giant  and  his  brother 
were  sleeping  before  the  fire  after  their  hearty  meal.  The 
people  hid  in  the  trees  and  shot  at  the  giants.  An  arrow 
struck  the  old  giant.  He  awoke  and  said  to  his  brother,  "  I 
have  a  stitch  in  my  side."  But  soon  a  shower  of  arrows 
struck  them  and  they  fell  dead,  and  the  place  was  troubled  no 
more  by  giants. 


RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or  on  the 
date  to  which  renewed. 


^A 


RETURN 


.Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


MOFFITT  LIBRARY 

LOAN  PERIOD 


] 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  RECALL 
RENEW  BOOKS  BY  CALLING  642-2452 

(NO  PHONE  RENEWALS  FOR  2-HOUR  LOANS) 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

FORM  NO.  DD19 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA.  BERKELEY 
BERKELEY,  CA  94720-6000 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY